CA2393749C - Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors - Google Patents
Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2393749C CA2393749C CA002393749A CA2393749A CA2393749C CA 2393749 C CA2393749 C CA 2393749C CA 002393749 A CA002393749 A CA 002393749A CA 2393749 A CA2393749 A CA 2393749A CA 2393749 C CA2393749 C CA 2393749C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- c6alkyl
- phenyl
- methylsulfonyl
- aryl
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/16—Central respiratory analeptics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/04—Antipruritics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/14—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Novel substituted 8-arylquinolines represented by Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2 and S3 are independently H, -OH; halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; R1 is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C1-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO
n NH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl) (C0-C6alkyl), -NH-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkal) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl); A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4; R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; are PDE4 inhibitors.
n NH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl) (C0-C6alkyl), -NH-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkal) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl); A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4; R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; are PDE4 inhibitors.
Description
TITLE OF THE INVENTION
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compounds that are substituted 8-arylquinolines. In particular, this invention is directed to substituted 8-arylquinolines which are phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors wherein the aryl group at the 8-position contains a substituent substituted-alkenyl group.
RELATED BACKGROUND
Hormones are compounds that variously affect cellular activity. In many respects, hormones act as messengers to trigger specific cellular responses and activities. Many effects produced by hormones, however, are not caused by the singular effect of just the hormone. Instead, the hormone first binds to a receptor, thereby triggering the release of a second compound that goes on to affect the cellular activity. In this scenario, the hormone is known as the first messenger while the second compound is called the second messenger. Cyclic adenosine monophosphate (adenosine 3', 5'-cyclic monophosphate, "cAMP" or "cyclic AMP") is known as a second messenger for hormones including epinephrine, glucagon, calcitonin, corticotrophin, lipotropin, luteinizing hormone, norepinephrine, parathyroid hormone, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and vasopressin. Thus, cAMP mediates cellular responses to hormones. Cyclic AMP also mediates cellular responses to various neurotransmitters.
Phosphodiesterases ("PDE") are a family of enzymes that metabolize 3', 5' cyclic nucleotides to 5' nucleoside monophosphates, thereby terminating cAMP
second messenger activity. A particular phosphodiesterase, phosphodiesterase-4 ("PDE4", also known as "PDE-IV"), which is a high affinity, cAMP specific, type IV
PDE, has generated interest as potential targets for the development of novel anti-asthmatic and anti-inflanimatory compounds. PDE4 is known to exist as at lease four SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) isoenzymes, each of which is encoded by a distinct gene. Each of the four known PDE4 gene products is believed to play varying roles in allergic and/or inflammatory responses. Thus, it is believed that inhibition of PDE4, particularly the specific PDE4 isoforms that produce detrimental responses, can beneficially affect allergy and inflammation symptoms. It would be desirable to provide novel compounds and compositions that inhibit PDE4 activity.
A major concern with the use of PDE4 inhibitors is the side effect of emesis which has been observed for several candidate compounds as described in C.Burnouf et al., ("Burnouf '), Ann. Rep. In Med. Chem., 33:91-109(1998).
B.Hughes et al., Br. J.Phannacol., 118:1183-1191(1996); M.J.Perry et al., Cell Biochem.
Biophys., 29:113-132(1998); S.B.Christensen et al., J.Med. Chem., 41:821-835(1998);
and Burnouf describe the wide variation of the severity of the undesirable side effects exhibited by various compounds. As described in M.D.Houslay et al., Adv. In Phannacol., 44:225-342(1998) and D.Spina et al., Adv. In Pharmacol., 44:33-89(1998), there is great interest and research of therapeutic PDE4 inhibitors.
International Patent Publication W09422852 describes quinolines as PDE4 inhibitors.
A.H.Cook, et al., J.Chenz. Soc., 413-417(1943) describes gamma-pyridylquinolines. Other quinoline compounds are described in Kei Manabe et al., J.Org. Cheri2., 58(24):6692-6700(1993); Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Cheni. Soc., 115 (12 :5324-5325(1993); and Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Chein. Soc., 114 17 :6940-6941(1992).
Compounds that include ringed systems are described by various investigators as effective for a variety of therapies and utilities. For example, International Patent Publication No. WO 98/25883 describes ketobenzamides as calpain inhibitors, European Patent Publication No. EP 811610 and U.S. Patent Nos.
5,679,712, 5,693,672 and 5,747,54 1 describe substituted benzoylguanidine sodium channel blockers, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,297 describes ring systems useful as a photosensitive composition.
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,491,147, 5,608,070, 5,622,977, 5,739,144, 5,776,958, 5,780,477, 5,786,354, 5,798,373, 5,849,770, 5,859,034, 5,866,593, 5,891,896, and International Patent Publication WO 95/35283 describe PDE4 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) inhibitors that are tri-substituted aryl or heteroaryl phenyl derivatives.
U.S. Patent No.
5,580,888 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are styryl derivatives. U.S. Patent No.
5,550,137 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylaminocarbonyl derivatives.
U.S.
Patent No. 5,340,827 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylcarboxamide compounds. U.S. Patent No. 5,780,478 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are tetra-substituted phenyl derivatives. International Patent Publication WO 96/00215 describes substituted oxime derivatives useful as PDE4 inhibitors. U.S. Patent No.
5,633,257 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are cyclo(alkyl and alkenyl)phenyl-alkenyl (aryl and heteroaryl) compounds.
However, there remains a need for novel compounds and compositions that therapeutically inhibit PDE4 with minimal side effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel substituted 8-arylquinolines that are PDE4 inhibitors, wherein the aryl group at the 8-position is substituted by a substituted-allcenyl group. This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinpline and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This invention further provides a method of treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues by the administration of an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline or a precursor compound which forms in vivo the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 is a chemical schematic drawing of the general structure of the compounds of the present invention.
Fig. 2 is a graph of Counts against Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methyl sulfonyl)ethyl] -8- [3 - [ (E)-2- [3 -methyl-1, 2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] -2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 3 is a graph of Counts against Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 4 is a comparison of the X-ray Powder Diffractions of the Form A
polymorph (bottom trace) and the Form B (upper trace) of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 5 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] -8- [3 - [ (E)-2- [3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadi azol-5 -yl] -2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compounds that are substituted 8-arylquinolines. In particular, this invention is directed to substituted 8-arylquinolines which are phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors wherein the aryl group at the 8-position contains a substituent substituted-alkenyl group.
RELATED BACKGROUND
Hormones are compounds that variously affect cellular activity. In many respects, hormones act as messengers to trigger specific cellular responses and activities. Many effects produced by hormones, however, are not caused by the singular effect of just the hormone. Instead, the hormone first binds to a receptor, thereby triggering the release of a second compound that goes on to affect the cellular activity. In this scenario, the hormone is known as the first messenger while the second compound is called the second messenger. Cyclic adenosine monophosphate (adenosine 3', 5'-cyclic monophosphate, "cAMP" or "cyclic AMP") is known as a second messenger for hormones including epinephrine, glucagon, calcitonin, corticotrophin, lipotropin, luteinizing hormone, norepinephrine, parathyroid hormone, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and vasopressin. Thus, cAMP mediates cellular responses to hormones. Cyclic AMP also mediates cellular responses to various neurotransmitters.
Phosphodiesterases ("PDE") are a family of enzymes that metabolize 3', 5' cyclic nucleotides to 5' nucleoside monophosphates, thereby terminating cAMP
second messenger activity. A particular phosphodiesterase, phosphodiesterase-4 ("PDE4", also known as "PDE-IV"), which is a high affinity, cAMP specific, type IV
PDE, has generated interest as potential targets for the development of novel anti-asthmatic and anti-inflanimatory compounds. PDE4 is known to exist as at lease four SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) isoenzymes, each of which is encoded by a distinct gene. Each of the four known PDE4 gene products is believed to play varying roles in allergic and/or inflammatory responses. Thus, it is believed that inhibition of PDE4, particularly the specific PDE4 isoforms that produce detrimental responses, can beneficially affect allergy and inflammation symptoms. It would be desirable to provide novel compounds and compositions that inhibit PDE4 activity.
A major concern with the use of PDE4 inhibitors is the side effect of emesis which has been observed for several candidate compounds as described in C.Burnouf et al., ("Burnouf '), Ann. Rep. In Med. Chem., 33:91-109(1998).
B.Hughes et al., Br. J.Phannacol., 118:1183-1191(1996); M.J.Perry et al., Cell Biochem.
Biophys., 29:113-132(1998); S.B.Christensen et al., J.Med. Chem., 41:821-835(1998);
and Burnouf describe the wide variation of the severity of the undesirable side effects exhibited by various compounds. As described in M.D.Houslay et al., Adv. In Phannacol., 44:225-342(1998) and D.Spina et al., Adv. In Pharmacol., 44:33-89(1998), there is great interest and research of therapeutic PDE4 inhibitors.
International Patent Publication W09422852 describes quinolines as PDE4 inhibitors.
A.H.Cook, et al., J.Chenz. Soc., 413-417(1943) describes gamma-pyridylquinolines. Other quinoline compounds are described in Kei Manabe et al., J.Org. Cheri2., 58(24):6692-6700(1993); Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Cheni. Soc., 115 (12 :5324-5325(1993); and Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Chein. Soc., 114 17 :6940-6941(1992).
Compounds that include ringed systems are described by various investigators as effective for a variety of therapies and utilities. For example, International Patent Publication No. WO 98/25883 describes ketobenzamides as calpain inhibitors, European Patent Publication No. EP 811610 and U.S. Patent Nos.
5,679,712, 5,693,672 and 5,747,54 1 describe substituted benzoylguanidine sodium channel blockers, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,297 describes ring systems useful as a photosensitive composition.
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,491,147, 5,608,070, 5,622,977, 5,739,144, 5,776,958, 5,780,477, 5,786,354, 5,798,373, 5,849,770, 5,859,034, 5,866,593, 5,891,896, and International Patent Publication WO 95/35283 describe PDE4 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) inhibitors that are tri-substituted aryl or heteroaryl phenyl derivatives.
U.S. Patent No.
5,580,888 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are styryl derivatives. U.S. Patent No.
5,550,137 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylaminocarbonyl derivatives.
U.S.
Patent No. 5,340,827 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylcarboxamide compounds. U.S. Patent No. 5,780,478 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are tetra-substituted phenyl derivatives. International Patent Publication WO 96/00215 describes substituted oxime derivatives useful as PDE4 inhibitors. U.S. Patent No.
5,633,257 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are cyclo(alkyl and alkenyl)phenyl-alkenyl (aryl and heteroaryl) compounds.
However, there remains a need for novel compounds and compositions that therapeutically inhibit PDE4 with minimal side effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel substituted 8-arylquinolines that are PDE4 inhibitors, wherein the aryl group at the 8-position is substituted by a substituted-allcenyl group. This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinpline and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This invention further provides a method of treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues by the administration of an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline or a precursor compound which forms in vivo the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 is a chemical schematic drawing of the general structure of the compounds of the present invention.
Fig. 2 is a graph of Counts against Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methyl sulfonyl)ethyl] -8- [3 - [ (E)-2- [3 -methyl-1, 2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] -2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 3 is a graph of Counts against Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 4 is a comparison of the X-ray Powder Diffractions of the Form A
polymorph (bottom trace) and the Form B (upper trace) of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 5 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] -8- [3 - [ (E)-2- [3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadi azol-5 -yl] -2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ~
yC015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 Fig. 6 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyi-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phen yl]quinoline.
DETAILED DESCRTPTION OF THE INVENTION
A compound of this invention is represented by Formula (T):
N
Sg A y R3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cl-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -CI-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(Cl-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6aIky1, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -(Cl-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(CI-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, N9~ c -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(a1kyl)(CO-C(a1ky1) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alky1, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C ( alkyl) (CO-C( allcyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
R4 is an aryl, -C1-C6alkyl, heteroaryl, -CN, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(C 1-C( alkyl)-S On-(C 1-C( alkyl), -C (O)N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, halogen, -C(O)(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)O(CO-C(alkyl), -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, group;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
In one aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) VjC015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6a1kyI, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C(alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -(Cl-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylanlino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-Cgalkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Cl-C6alkoxy, -(Cp-C6alkyl)(CQ-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-Cbalkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CQ-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl), or -C1-C(alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyi), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C(alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, anlino, -OH, or -(CQ-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CQ-C(alkyl)(CQ-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C?-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CQ-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
yC015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 Fig. 6 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[1-methyi-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phen yl]quinoline.
DETAILED DESCRTPTION OF THE INVENTION
A compound of this invention is represented by Formula (T):
N
Sg A y R3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cl-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -CI-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(Cl-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6aIky1, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -(Cl-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(CI-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, N9~ c -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(a1kyl)(CO-C(a1ky1) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alky1, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C ( alkyl) (CO-C( allcyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
R4 is an aryl, -C1-C6alkyl, heteroaryl, -CN, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(C 1-C( alkyl)-S On-(C 1-C( alkyl), -C (O)N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, halogen, -C(O)(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)O(CO-C(alkyl), -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, group;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
In one aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) VjC015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6a1kyI, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C(alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -(Cl-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylanlino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-Cgalkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Cl-C6alkoxy, -(Cp-C6alkyl)(CQ-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-Cbalkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CQ-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl), or -C1-C(alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyi), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C(alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, anlino, -OH, or -(CQ-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CQ-C(alkyl)(CQ-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C?-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CQ-C6alkyl)(CQ-C6alkyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
*0 ~010 when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In one embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-C1-C(alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -(CO-C( alky1)(CO-Cgalkyl)amino;
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl.), -O-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6al.koxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alky1)(CO-C(a1ky1)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6a1ky1, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-Cga1kyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl);
-S-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C(alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-cycloC3-C(alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
AisCH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(allcyl), -SOn-(aryl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C 1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-Cbalkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-C2-C(alkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-Cga)kyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocyclaC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(,alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Cp-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-Cgalkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Cp-C(alkyl)(CO-C[alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C(alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C{ alkyl)(CO-C{ alkyl);
N~E~
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6allcyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C 1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -C1-C(alkylacylamino group, whereiin any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C (O )-N (C O-C ( alkyl ) (C O-C ( alkyl) ;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a an -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)(C1-C(alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cl-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6al1cyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl )(C0-C6alkyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
= when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In an embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, ary], heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C i -C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6a1kyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)Cl-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryI), -SOnNH(heteroaryI), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Cp-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C(a1ky1)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-Cbalkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6a1ky1, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(ary]), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, Ci-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Cp-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alky])arnino, -C(O)-N(Cp-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally -13- oll ~
~
\=1C015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl ) (CO-C( alkyl );
R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -CI-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C 1-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C{alkyl)(C1-C(a1ky1)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Ci-C(alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cyc]oalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
YlCOlSY CA 02393749 2002-06-07 A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(a1ky1), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6a1kyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6all.yl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6aIkoxy, -C1-C(,alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cl-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alky]), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, anzino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6a1kyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, CZ-Cbalkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-Cbalkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6a1kyl(oxy)C1-C6a1kyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -15- ~
-SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(C0-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6a1ky1);
A is CH;
R2 is a carbonyl, optionally substituted with 1 substituent, wherein the substituent is an, aryl, heteroaryl, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -0-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O-(C1-C6alkyl), -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(a1ky1)(CO-C(allcyl)amino, substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -O(aryl), -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6a1ky1), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -cycloC3-C6alkyl or -C(O)-N(CO-C( alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6a1ky1, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cyc1oC3-C6a1ky1, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6a1kyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C(allcoxy, wherein said allcyl and alkoxy groups are optionally SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) :vjC 0 15; CA 02393749 2002-06-07 substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C6alky1)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylanzino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6a1kyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbarnoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C{alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a carbamoyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -CI-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Cl-C(alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, CI-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
C)5 CA 02393749 2002-06-07 In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
RI is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bri dge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Sl, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -CI-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -CI-C(alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylaniino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), ~'~
- 18 - ~~'",--SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a-(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -N02, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(alkyl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -C1-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C(alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C1-C(alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C(allcyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6al1cyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -CI-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylarnino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)Cj-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(ary)), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroary[), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6aIky1), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cl-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-Cbalkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a-C(O)N-(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -N02, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-Cbalkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C{alkyl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, an-tino, -OH, or -C1-C6alkyl(aniino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C 1-C6alkyI), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(Cp-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6aIky1)(CO-C6a1ky1) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-Cbalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6a1ky]), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
m'O 5 Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -CI-Cbalkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -CI-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -CI-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C(alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(ary1), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(Cp-Cbalkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cl-Cbalkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is --CN;
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(a1kyI), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -Cl-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Cp-C(alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6al1cyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are each H;
R1 is -C1-C6allcyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6allcyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl);
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
As used herein, "alkyl" as well as other groups having the prefix "alk"
such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and the like, means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and the like. "Allcenyl", "alkynyl" and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond.
The term "cycloalkyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms, and includes mono-, bi- and tricyclic saturated carbocycles, as well as fused ring systems. Such fused ring systems can include one ring that is partially or fully unsaturated such as a benzene ring to form fused ring systems such as benzofused carbocycles. Cycloalkyl includes such fused ring systems as spirofused ring systems.
Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, decahydronaphthalene, adamantane, indanyl, indenyl, fluorenyl, 1,2,3,4-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) tetrahydronaphalene and the like. Similarly, "cycloalkenyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms and at least one non-aromatic C-C double bond, and include mono-, bi- and tricyclic partially saturated carbocycles, as well as benzofused cycloalkenes. Examples of cycloalkenyl include cyclohexenyl, indenyl, and the like.
The term "cycloalkyloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes a cycloalkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "alkoxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "aryl" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
The term "aryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, connected through the oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Ther term "CO-C6alkyl" includes alkyls containing 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or no carbon atoms. An alkyl with no carbon atoms is a hydrogen atom substituent or a direct bond - depending on whether the alkyl is a terminus or a bridging moiety.
The term "hetero" unless specifically stated otherwise includes one or more 0, S, or N atoms. For example, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl include ring systems that contain one or more 0, S, or N atoms in the ring, including mixtures of such atoms. The hetero atoms replace ring carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a heterocycloC5alkyl is a five membered ring containing from 5 to no carbon atoms.
Examples of heteroaryl include, for example, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzthienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl.
The term "heteroaryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise describes a heteroaryl group connected through an oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Examples of heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl include, for example, furylmethyl, furylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, oxazolylethyl, isoxazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, thiazolylethyl, imidazolylmethyl, imidazolylethyl, benzimidazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylethyl, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) thiadiazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylethyl, triazolylmethyl, triazolylethyl, tetrazolylmethyl, tetrazolylethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, pyridazinylmethyl, pyrimidinylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl, isoquinolinylmethyl and quinoxalinylmethyl.
Examples of heterocycloC3_7alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl.
Examples of aryl(C1_6)alkyl include, for example, phenyl(C1_6)alkyl, and naphthyl(Cl_6)alkyl.
Examples of heterocycloC3_7alkylcarbonyl(Cl_6)alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, pyrrolidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, piperidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, piperazinyl carbonyl(C1_6)allcyl, morpholinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, and thiomorpholinyl carbonyl(Cl_6)alkyl.
The term "amine" unless specifically stated otherwise includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines.
Unless otherwise stated, the term "carbamoyl" is used to include -NHC(O)OC 1-C4alkyl, and -OC(O)NHC 1-C4alkyl.
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
The term "optionally substituted" is intended to include both substituted and unsubstituted. Thus, for example, optionally substituted aryl could represent a pentafluorophenyl or a phenyl ring. Further, the substitution can be made at any of the groups. For example, substituted aryl(C1_6)alkyl includes substitution on the aryl group as well as substitution on the alkyl group.
Compounds described herein contain one or more double bonds and may thus give rise to cis/trans isomers as well as other conformational isomers. The present invention includes all such possible isomers as well as mixtures of such isomers.
Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. The present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The above Formula I is shown without a definitive stereochemistry at certain positions. The present invention includes all stereoisomers of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further, mixtures of stereoisomers as well as isolated specific stereoisomers are also included.
During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts.
Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanof, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
Particularly preferred are benzenesulfonic, citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound represented by Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. Such additional therapeutic ingredients include, for example, i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) corticosteroids, iv) Hl receptor antagonists, v) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) statins, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs ("NSAID"), and ix) M2/M3 antagonists. The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the compound of Formula I can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
Dosage levels from about 0.001mg/kg to about 140mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of conditions such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative slcin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues which are responsive to PDE4 inhibition, or alternatively about 0.05mg to about 7g per patient per day. For example, inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01mg to 50mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5mg to about 2.5g per patient per day. Further, it is understood that the PDE4 inhibiting compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage foim will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about 0.01mg to about 1000mg of the active ingredient, typically 0.01mg, 0.05mg, 0.25mg, lmg, 5mg, 25mg, 50mg, 100mg, 200mg, 300mg, 400mg, 500mg, 600mg, 800mg or 1000mg.
It is understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
In practice, the compounds represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of this invention can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compound represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I. The compounds of Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) are employed. Optionally, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques A tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Each tablet preferably contains from about 0.lmg to about 500mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule preferably containing from about 0.1mg to about 500mg of the active ingredient.
Pharinaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable fortn must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability.
The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, or the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) compound represented by Formula I of this invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives. (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound described by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.
The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention have been found to exhibit biological activity as PDE4 inhibitors.
Accordingly, another aspect of the invention is the treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues -maladies that are amenable to amelioration through inhibition of the PDE4 isoenzyme and the resulting elevated cCAMP levels - by the administration of an effective amount of the compounds of this invention. The term "mammals" includes humans, as well as other animals such as, for example, dogs, cats, horses, pigs, and cattle.
Accordingly, it is understood that the treatment of mammals other than humans is the treatment of clinical correlating afflictions to those above recited examples that are human afflictions.
Further, as described above, the compound of this invention can be utilized in combination with other therapeutic compounds. In particular, the combinations of the PDE4 inhibiting compound of this invention can be advantageously used in combination with i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) COX-2 selective inhibitors, iv) statins, v) NSAIDs, vi) M2/M3 antagonists, vii) corticosteroids, viii) Hl (histamine) receptor antagonists and ix) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
In another aspect, it was found that the compound of this invention can be formed as a metabolite in the mammalian system. For example, Example 19, (5-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl } -1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ NN
H C~S
s O OH
which is a PDE4 inhibitor is formed in vivo as a metabolite when Example 14:
KCH3'CH3 N N
>-CH3 ~S O-N
H3C~ 0 is administered. Accordingly, the present invention includes prodrugs that form PDE4 inhibitors in vivo as a metabolite after administering such prodrugs to a mammal. Further, this invention includes a method of treatment by a step of administering a prodrug to form in vivo an effective amount of a PDE4 inhibitor described by Formula I.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In accordance with one aspect of the present invention there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), as previously described, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), psoriasis, inflammatory arthritis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, neurogenic inflammation, pain, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, memory impairment, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Alzheimer's disease.
33a The abbreviations used herein have the following tabulated meanings.
Abbreviations not tabulated below have their meanings as commonly used unless specifically stated otherwise.
Ac = acetyl Bn = benzyl CAMP cyclic adenosine-3',5'-mono hos hate DBU = 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DIBAL = diisobutylaluminum hydride DMAP = 4-(dimethylamino) yridine DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide Et3N = triethylamine GST glutathione transferase HMDS hexamethyldisilazide LDA = lithium diiso ro ylamide m-CPBA = metachloroperbenzoic acid MMPP = mono eroxy hthalic acid MPPM monoperoxyphthalic acid, magnesium salt 6H20 Ms = methanesulfonyl = mesyl = SO2Me Ms0 = methanesulfonate = mesylate NSAID = non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug o-Tol = ortho-tolyl OXONEO = 2KHSO5=KHSO4=K2SO4 PCC = pyridinium chlorochromate PDC = pyridinium dichromate PDE phosphodiesterase Ph = phenyl Phe = benzenediyl PMB = para-methoxybenzyl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Pye = pyridinediyl r.t. = room temperature Rac. = racemic SAM = aminosulfonyl or sulfonamide or SO2NH2 SEM = 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethoxy SPA = scintillation proximity assay TBAF = tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride Th = 2- or 3-thienyl TFA = trifluoroacetic acid TFAA = trifluoroacetic acid anhydride THF = tetrahydrofuran Thi = thiophenediyl TLC = thin layer chromatography TMS-CN = trimethylsilyl cyanide TMSI trimethylsilyl iodide Tz = 1H (or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl CAN ceric ammoniuin nitrate C3H5 = allyl ALKYL GROUP ABBREVIATIONS, Me = Methyl Et = ethyl n-Pr = normal propyl i-Pr = iso ro yl n-Bu = normal butyl i-Bu = isobutyl s-Bu = secondary butyl t-Bu = tertiary butyl c-Pr = cyclo ro yl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) c-Bu = cyclobutyl c-Pen = cyclopentyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl ASSAYS DEMONSTRATING BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
LPS AND FMLP-INDUCED TNF-a AND LTB4 ASSAYS IN HUMAN
WHOLE BLOOD
Whole blood provides a protein and cell-rich milieu appropriate for the study of biochemical efficacy of anti-inflammatory compounds such as PDE4-selective inhibitors. Normal non-stimulated human blood does not contain detectable levels of TNF-a and LTB4. Upon stimulation with LPS, activated monocytes express and secrete TNF-a up to 8 hours and plasma levels remain stable for 24 hours.
Published studies have shown that inhibition of TNF-a by increasing intracellular cAMP via PDE4 inhibition and/or enhanced adenylyl cyclase activity occurs at the transcriptional level. LTB4 synthesis is also sensitive to levels of intracellular cA1VIP
and can be completely inhibited by PDE4-selective inhibitors. As there is little LTB4 produced during a 24 hour LPS stimulation of whole blood, an additional LPS
stimulation followed by fMLP challenge of human whole blood is necessary for synthesis by activated neutrophils. Thus, by using the same blood sample, it is possible to evaluate the potency of a compound on two surrogate markers of activity in the whole blood by the following procedure.
Fresh blood was collected in heparinized tubes by venipuncture from healthy human volunteers (male and female). These subjects had no apparent inflammatory conditions and had not taken any NSAIDs for at least 4 days prior to blood collection. 500 L aliquots of blood were pre-incubated with either 2 L
of vehicle (DMSO) or 2 L of test compound at varying concentrations for 15 minutes at 37 C. This was followed by the addition of either 10 L vehicle (PBS) as blanks or lO L LPS (l g/mL final concentration, #L-2630 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) from E. coli, serotype 0111:B4; diluted in 0.1% w/v BSA (in PBS)). After hours of incubation at 37 C, another 10 L of PBS (blank) or 10 L of LPS (1 g/mL
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) final concentration) was added to blood and incubated for 30 ininutes at 37 C.
The blood was then challenged with either lO L of PBS (blank) or 10 L of fMLP (l M
final concentration, #F-3506 (Sigma); diluted in 1% w/v BSA (in PBS)) for 15 minutes at 37 C. The blood samples were centrifuged at 1500xg for 10 minutes at 4 C to obtain plasma. A 50 L aliquot of plasma was mixed with 200 L methanol for protein precipitation and centrifuged as above. The supernatant was assayed for LTB4 using an enzyme immunoassay kit (#520111 from Cayman Chemical Co., Ann Arbor, MI) according to the manufacturer's procedure. TNF-oc was assayed in diluted plasma (in PBS) using an ELISA kit (Cistron Biotechnology, Pine Brook, NJ) according to manufacturer's procedure. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.04 M to 8.71 M.
ANTI-ALLERGIC ACTIVITY IN VIVO
Compounds of the invention have been tested for effects on an IgE-mediated allergic pulmonary inflammation induced by inhalation of antigen by sensitized guinea pigs. Guinea pigs were initially sensitized to ovalbumin under mild cyclophosphamide-induced immunosuppression, by intraperitoneal injection of antigen in combinations with aluminum hydroxide and pertussis vaccine. Booster doses of antigen were given two and four weeks later. At six weeks, animals were challenged with aerosolized ovalbumin while under cover of an intraperitoneally administered anti-histamine agent (mepyramine). After a further 48h, bronchial alveolar lavages (BAL) were performed and the numbers of eosinophils and other leukocytes in the BAL fluids were counted. The lungs were also removed for histological examination for inflammatory damage. Administration of compounds of the Examples (0.001-10mg/kg i.p. or p.o.), up to three times during the 48h following antigen challenge, lead to a significant reduction in the eosinophilia and the accumulation of other inflammatory leukocytes. There was also less inflammatory damage in the lungs of animals treated with compounds of the Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SPA BASED PDE ACTIVITY ASSAY PROTOCOL
Compounds which inhibit the hydrolysis of cAMP to AMP by the type-IV cAMP-specific phosphodiesterases were screened in a 96-well plate format as follows:
In a 96 well-plate at 30 C was added the test compound (dissolved in 2 L DMSO), 188mL of substrate buffer containing [2,8-3H] adenosine 3',5'-cyclic phosphate (cAMP, lOOnM to 50 M), 10mM MgC12, ImM EDTA, 50mM Tris, pH
7.5. The reaction was initiated by the addition of lOmL of human recombinant (the amount was controlled so that -10% product was formed in 10min.). The reaction was stopped after 10min. by the addition of Img of PDE-SPA beads (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ). The product AMP generated was quantified on a Wallac Microbeta 96-well plate counter (EG&G Wallac Co., Gaithersburg, MD). The signal in the absence of enzyme was defined as the background. 100% activity was defined as the signal detected in the presence of enzyme and DMSO with the background subtracted. Percentage of inhibition was calculated accordingly. IC50 value was approximated with a non-linear regression fit using the standard 4-parameter/multiple binding sites equation from a ten point titration.
The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 were determined with lOOnM
cAMP using the purified GST fusion protein of the human recombinant phosphodiesterase IVa (met-248) produced from a baculovirus/Sf-9 expression system. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.14nM to 10.24nM, although one example had an IC50 value of 109nM.
The examples that follow are intended as an illustration of certain preferred embodiments of the invention and no limitation of the invention is implied.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, the experimental procedures were performed under the following conditions. All operations were carried out at room or ambient temperature - that is, at a temperature in the range of 18-25 C.
Evaporation of solvent was carried out using a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure (600-4000pascals: 4.5-30mm. Hg) with a bath temperature of up to 60 C. The course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) and reaction times are SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) given for illustration only. Melting points are uncorrected and 'd' indicates decomposition. The melting points given are those obtained for the materials prepared as described. Polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations. The structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data. Yields are given for illustration only. When given, NMR data is in the form of delta (8) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent. Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc.
In addition, "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal. Chemical symbols have their usual meanings;
the following abbreviations have also been used: v (volume), w (weight), b.p.
(boiling point), m.p. (melting point), L (liter(s)), mL (milliliters), g (gram(s)), mg (milligrams(s)), mol (moles), mmol (millimoles), eq (equivalent(s)).
Methods of Synthesis Compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the following methods. The substituents are the same as in Formula I except where defined otherwise.
Ketone Synthesis SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) XAr1Y Ar- _ E-Ar~-ArX V
IV
1. base or organolithium 2. A 1. base or organolithium 2.Eor A
3. base or organolithium 4.AorE
OH
ArM A
III Ar QSMe I I
OH
Ar ~
I ~ S02Me Ar ~ /
VI SMe ssl"~ VII
Ar S02Me VIII
Wherein X=halogen, H
Y=halogen, H
A=4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde E=electrophile Ar=aryl or heteroaryl Referring to Scheme 1 above, and Scheme 1 Table below, the alcohol intermediate II may be prepared by the reaction of an aryl or heteroaryl metallic species III such as an organomagnesium halide with 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (A) in an organic solvent such as THF. The alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) by treatment an aryl or heteroaryl hydride or bromide IV with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde. Alternatively the alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by the following chemical transformations: 1) Treatment of an aryl or heteroaryl dihydride, halide-hydride or dihalide V with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde; 2) Subsequent treatment with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithiuin in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde, where the first or the second transformation must use 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde as the electrophile. The sulfone-alcohol VI may be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-alcohol II with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2O. The ketones VII and VIII may be prepared by the oxidation of the alcohols II and VI, respectively, with an oxidizing agent such as Mn02 in a solvent such as CH2Cl2. The sulfone-ketone VIII may also be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-ketone VII with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2O.
SCHEME 1 TABLE:
Ketones SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ar QSOõMe VII (n=O) VIII (n=2) Ar n Ketone Ar n Ketone ~ CH2 ~ CH2 F~ ~ 2 K1 H3C 'N 2 K7 NCH2 0 K2 H C~ 2 K8 N s 01,CH2 2 K3 2 K9 MeO2S
~U 2 K5 zz N 2 K10 H3C CH2 i CH2 H3~ S N 2 K6 H3c ~ N 2 K11 Ketone K1 (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)]phenyl ketone Ketone K1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a-78 C solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.5g, 16.4mmol) in THF (100ml) was added 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1.OM in THF, 19.7m1, 19.7mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 3h., and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgS04 and concentrated. The residue was then treated with Mn02 (28.6g, 330mmol) in CH2C12 (150m1) and the reaction was stirred at r.t.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield 2.6g of the (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-methylthio)phenyl] ketone compound Step 2: (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone To a solution of the sulfide - in other words, the (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone - from the present step 1(2.0g, 8.1 mmol) in THF/MeOHIH2O (80/40/40 ml) was added oxone (7.5g, 12.2mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Crystallization (CH2C12/Hexanes) yielded (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone, the K1 ketone compound, as a white solid.
Ketone K2 (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl) [4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K2 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a solution of N-methylimidazole (10.0g, 122mmo1) in 500mL THF
at -78 C was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 48.7ml, 118mmo1) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 30min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (14.73m1, 110mmo1) was then added at -78 C and the mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with NH4C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. Crystalisation (EtOAc/Hexanes) yielded (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol.
Step 2: (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the alcohol from the present step 1 (25.7g, 111mmo1) in EtOAc (250m1) and CH2C12 (250m1) was added Mn02 (140g, 1.66mo1) and the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield ketone K2.
Ketone K3 (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone Ketone K3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol To a solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (1.0g, 6.5mmol) in THF
(20mL) at 0 C was added phenylmagnesium chloride (2M, THF, 3.5mL, 7.Ommol).
After 0.5h at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with Et20. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by stirring vigorously in hexane/Et2O and filtration yielded (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol as a white solid.
Step 2: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone was obtained by treating the (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol from the present step 1 with Mn02 as in step 2 of the procedure for K4 below.
Step 3: (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone To a solution of (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone from the present step 2 (0.98g, 4.3mmol) in CHC13 (lOmL) at 0 C was added mCPBA (m-chloroperbenzoic acid) (1.7g, 10mmo1). After 0.5h at r.t., Ca(OH)2 (1.7g, 23mmol) was added to the mixture which was stirred for lh. Filtration on Celite and concentration yielded ketone K3 as a white solid.
Ketone K4 (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K4 was prepared by the following procedure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 1: (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a-78 C solution of thiazole (5.0g, 58.7mmol) in THF (250m1) was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 23.5ml, 58.7mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 10min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.lml, 53.4mmol) was then added at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred until completion, and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4C1. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by flash chromatography (80% CH2C12/ 20% EtOAc) to yield (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol.
Step 2: (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1(10.0g, 42.1mmo1) in EtOAc (250m1) was added Mn02 (70g, 843mmo1) and the reaction was stirred at 25 C overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to form the K4lcetone compound.
Ketone K5 (1,3 -Thi azol-2-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone Ketone K5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of K4 (1,3 -Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl] ketone (8.2g, 34.7mmol) in THF/MeOH/H20 (350/175/175 ml) was added oxone (42.6g, 69.4mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The resulting mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated.
The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield of (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone.
Ketone K6 [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ketone K6 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a-78 C solution of thiazole (1.0g, 12.Ommol) in THF (100m1) was added n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3m1, 12.3mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 10min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.1m1, 53.4mmo1) was then added at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t.
10min.
and cooled at -78 C. Then n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3m1, 12.3mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at 25 C for 10min and quenched with acetone (3.Oml). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then treated with Mn02 (20.4g, 235mmol) in CH2ClZ (250m1) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc). Flash chromatography (90%CH2ClZ/10%EtOAc) yielded [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone.
Step 2: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the sulfide - that is, [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]lcetone - from present step 1(1.7g, 5.8mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (100/50/50 ml) was added oxone (7.1g, 11.5mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield ketone K6.
Ketone K7 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K7 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To solution of 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine (760mg, leq) in THF
(20mL) at -78 C, was added slowly n-butyllithium in hexane (1.1 eq). The solution was then stirred 30min. 4-(thiomethyl)benzaldehyde (738mg, l.leq) was then slowly added. The solution was warmed to rt. NH4Cl (sat.) was added, then water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated.
The (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol was obtained by precipitation with ether/hexane and was used without further purification for the next step.
Step 2: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K1 above but substituting the sulfide (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]lcetone as the starting material, (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K2 above but substituting the (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K7 was obtained.
Ketone K8 (5-Methyl-2-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K8 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone K9 Bis-[(4-methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K9 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 4-bromothioanisole for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine and using twice the amount of Oxone in the sulfide-oxidation step.
Ketone K10 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (2-Pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K10 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromopyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone Kll [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone Ketone K11 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a suspension of 2,5-dibromopyridine (5.12g, leq) in ether at -78 C, was added n-butyllithium in hexane (1.05eq) slowly. The resulting yellow-orange precipitate was strirred 30min. Then acetone (1.54m1, 1.05eq) was added. The solution was kept at -78 C for another 30min. n-Butyllithium in hexane (1.leq) was slowly syringed to the resulting orange suspension. The suspension was then stirred lh at -78 C. Following this, 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.85 ml, 1.1 eq.) was added. The resulting suspension was warmed to -35 C and quenched with a solution of NH4C1(sat.). Water and EtOAc were added and the organic layer dried over MgSO4, evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) to give [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl] methanol.
Step 2: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure described above for step 2 of ketone K1 but substituting the sulfide - that is, [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl]
[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol - from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, [5-(1-Hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]lcetone Following the procedure described above for step 2 for lcetone K2 but substituting the [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (1-methyl-lH-imidazol-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K11 was obtained.
The boronate compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 2 shown below:
Boronate Synthesis Br Br Ar P+Ph3Br SOnMe Ar xi VII or VIII MeOnS
IX (n=O) X (n=2) H3C~CH
O, B-O
~ NZ Ar MeO2S
XII
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ketone (VII or VIII) Ar n Boronate (XII) K2 H2CA~N~ 0 B1 K4 H2C~S7 0 B2 The aryl bromides IX and X may be prepared by treatment of the benzyl phosphonium bromide XI with a base such as t-BuOK or LiH1VIDS in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by the addition of the lcetone VII or VIII to the reaction mixture. The sulfide in IX may be converted to the sulfone X by treatment with oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H20. The boronate ester XII can be prepared by heating the aryl bromide X with pinacol diborane in the presence of a base such as KOAc and a catalyst such as PdC12(dppf) in a solvent such as DMF.
Boronate B1 Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenylboronate Boronate B1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthi o)phenyl] ethene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (10.2g, 19.9mmol) in THF (200mL) and CH3CN (50mL) at 25 C was added t-BuOK
(1.OM in THF, 19.9mL, 19.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To this resulting ylide was then added at 25 C the ketone K2 (4.4g, 18.9mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 C for 2 days and quenched with NH4C1(sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated, and used directly in the next present step 2.
Step 2: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene To a solution of the crude sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (18.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (200/100/100 ml) was added oxone (23.2g, 37.8mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5%
Et3N) yielded (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene (single isomer) as a foam.
Step 3: Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl }phenylboronate A suspension of the bromide - that is, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene - from present step 2 (2.0g; 4.8mmol), pinacol diborane (1.5g ; 5.8mmol), KOAc (1.65g; 16.8mmol) and PdC12(dppf) (0.2g; 0.24mmol) in 50mL of DMF was stirred at 90 C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5%
Et3N) yielded boronate B1 as a foam.
Boronate B2 Pinacol 3-{ (E/Z)-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Boronate B2 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthi o)phenyl] ethene To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (44.5g, 86.9mmol) in THF (500mL) and DMF (200mL) at 0 C was added LiHMDS
(1.OM in THF, 86.9mL, 86.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To the resulting ylide was then added at 0 C the ketone K4 (18.6g, 79.0mmol). The mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with a NH4C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated.
Flash chromatography (CH2C12) yielded (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
Step 2: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene To a solution of the sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (24.8g, 63.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H20 (600/300/300 ml) was added Oxone (78.5g, 128mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was quenched with a NaHCO3 (sat), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene (3 to 2 mixture of isomers).
Step 3: Pinacol3-{ (E/Z)-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate A suspension of the bromide (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 2(15.0g, 35.7mmo1), pinacol diborane (10.9g, 42.8mmol), KOAc (12.3g, 125mmo1) and PdC12(dppf) (1.46g, 1.78mmol) in 350mL of DMF was stirred at 90 C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone, 9/1) yielded boronate B2 (3 to 1 mixture of isomers) as a foam.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Boronate B3 Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Boronate B3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methyl sulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate B1 but substituting the ketone K8 for ketone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethylene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
Step 2: Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate B1 but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B3 was obtained.
Boronate B4 Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Boronate B4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] -1- [4-(methyl sulf onyl)phenyl] ethene Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate B1 but substituting the ketone K11 for lcetone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 2: Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate B1 but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-pyridinyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B4 was obtained.
The aryl bromide compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Schemes 3 and 4 shown below:
Oxadiazole Synthesis p-MeOPhOH + CI,,CN om p-MeOPhO,,,CN
Xllla I ~
MeO2S CO2H
N~OH XV
N R
RCN jl O11 -N
R'" NH2 MeO2S
XIII XIV XVI
R Oxadiazole (XVI) Me OX1 p-MeOPhOCH2 OX2 Referring to Scheme 3 above, the nitrile intermediate XIIIa may be prepared by the alkylation of 4-methoxyphenol with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent such as acetone. The amide-oxime XIV may be prepared by treatment of the nitrile XIII with hydroxyl amine in a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) solvent such as methanol in the presence of a base such as sodium acetate.
Formation of the oxadizole XVI may be achieved by activation of the arylacetic acid XV
with carbonyldiimidazole in a solvent such as D1VIF followed by the addition of the amide-oxime XIV and subsequent heating of the reaction mixture.
Aryl Bromide Synthesis MeO2S Br Br Br XV
~~ I I
XVII MeO2S MeO2S
XVIIia (AB1) XVIIIb oxi R1 R2 Aryl Bromide (XVIIIb) Br H i-Pr AB2 11 NYCH3 H H AB3 Me02S O-N
XVliic (AB5) H t-Bu AB4 Referring to Scheme 4 above, condensation of the aldehyde XVII by heating with the arylacetic acid XV in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene produces the unsaturated acid XVIIIa. Formation of the acid chloride of XVIIla in situ by treatment with thionyl chloride and a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as toluene, is followed by the addition of an amine to the reaction mixture to yield the amide XVIIIb. The oxadiazole-ethene XVIIIc may SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) be formed by heating OX1 with XVII in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
Scheme 4 appendix Aryl Bromide Synthesis Br Br Br ~I
I
I~ COZH I~ C02Me I~
Me02S ~ Me02S ~ MeO2S OH
XVIIIa (AB1) XVIIId XVIIIe Br MeO2S ~ NMe2 XVIIIf (AB6) Referring to Scheme 4 appendix above, treatment of the acid XVIIIa with diazomethane in a solvent such as THF produces the methyl ester XVIIId.
Reduction of the ester XVIIId using DIBAL-H in a solvent such as THF gives the allylic alcohol XVIIIe. Conversion of the alcohol group in XVIIIe to a leaving group such as a mesylate using reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in a solvent such as THF, followed by displacement with a nucleophile such as dimethylamine in a solvent such as DMF produces the compound XVIIIf.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Aryl Bromide AB1 (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid Aryl Bromide AB1 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (12.9g, 70mmo1) in toluene (100mL) was added 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmo1) and piperidine (2mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the slurry thus formed, toluene was added (10 mL) . Filtration gave (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid as a white solid.
Aryl Bromide AB2 (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of AB1 (24.9g, 65mmo1) in toluene (250mL) was added thionyl chloride (14.3mL, 196mmo1) and triethylamine (34mL, 245nunol). After stirring at r.t.
for 0.5h., isopropyl amine (28mL, 327mmo1) was added. After a further 2h at r.t., the mixture was cooled to 0 C and was neutralised with saturated NH4Cl solution, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:1 to pure EtOAc) yielded (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide.
Aryl Bromide AB3 (E) -3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB3 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting ammonium hydroxide for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Aryl Bromide AB4 (E)-N-(t-Butyl)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB4 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting t-butyl amine for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
Aryl Bromide AB5 (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene Aryl Bromide AB5 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OX1): (3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methane To a solution of 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmo1) in DMF (300mL) at r.t., was added carbonyldiimidazole (12.5g, 77mmol). After 0.5h at r.t., acetamide oxime (5.7g, 77mrnol) was added. After stirring the resulting mixture overnight at r.t., the mixture was heated to 120 C for 6h. After cooling to r.t., the mixture was quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated.
Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:1) yielded (3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methane.
Step 2 (Scheme 4): (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (2.2g, 11.9mmo1) in toluene (30mL) was added the product from step 1(OX1) (3.0g, 11.9mmo1) and piperidine (0.4mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the resulting slurry, MeOH (30mL) was added. After further refluxing then cooling to 0 C, filtration gave (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The Bromoquinolines utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 5 shown below:
Preparation of Bromoquinolines Br i1 ~ R1 Ri N ~ -~ N
Br Br Br XIX XXa XXb Br XXc Referring to Scheme 5 above and the Scheme 5 table below, treatment of the bromomethyl compound XIX with a nucleophile such as sodium methanesulfinate or potassium cyanide in a solvent such as DMF or a mixture of DMF and water can be used to produce the compounds XXa. The compound XXb may be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc may be prepared by treatment of XXb with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc (where Rl = CN) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (2.2 equivalents) and methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The compound XXc (where Rl = SO2Me) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.3 equivalents) and methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF, followed by an additional amount of methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) and an additional amount of the same base (1.0 equivalents).
Scheme 5 Table Bromoquinolines i qlrvl- R
Br XX
Ri R2 R3 Bromoquinoline (XX) SO2Me H H Q1 SO2Me Me H Q2 SO2Me Me Me Q3 CN Me Me Q5 Bromoquinoline Q1 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl- 8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q1 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF
(500mL) was added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (60g, 200mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and sodium methanesulfinate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (27.6g, 270mmol). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was quenched with H20 (2000mL), stirred for one hour, isolated by filtration and washed with Et20 to yield 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q2 6-[ 1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q1 (16.1g, 54mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78 C, was added potassium t-butoxide (59mL, 1N in THF). After 0.5h at -78 C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 45min and then transferred by canula dropwise into a solution of Mel (16.7mL, 268.3mmo1) in THF (160mL). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q3 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q2 (15.7g, 50mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78 C, was added potassium t-butoxide (55mL, 1N in THF). After stirring 0.5h at -78 C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 45min and then transfered dropwise into a solution of Mel (1'5.6mL, 250mmol) in THF (40mL) at 0 C. After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q4 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Bromoquinoline Q4 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF
(lOmL) and H20 (5mL) were added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (3g, lOmmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and potassium cyanide (1.6g, 25mmol). After heating at 100 C for 1 hour, the resulting mixture was quenched with H20 (100mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSOd), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q5 6-[ 1-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q4 (3g, 12.1mmo1) in THF (100mL) at -78 C, was added Mel (1.7mL, 27mmol) followed by potassium t-butoxide (27mL, 27mmol). After 2h at -78 C, the mixture was warmed to 0 C and was neutralised with saturated NH4Cl solution then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-[1-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
The Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 6 shown below:
Preparation of Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) HTOH C CHs H3C CHs R R
H3C 3 B(OH)2 I R N
N + ~ ' ~ OH ~ Br X
xx xxi xxii XXIII (X = Br) XXIV (X = OS02Me) HgC C''H3 Ri N
XXV
R1 R2 Benz. Phos. Reag.(XXV) H CH2P(Ph)3+Br P1 H CH2P(O)(OEt)2 P2 CN CH2P(O)(OEt)2 P3 The arylquinolines of the formula XXII may be prepared by coupling bromoquinoline XX with the boronic acid XXI by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as a DME. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the bromide XXIII by treatment with HBr (aq) in a solvent such as acetic acid. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the methyl sulfonate ester XXIV by methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane. The benzyl phosphorous reagents XXV may be prepared either by heating XXIII in the presence of PPh3 in a solvent such as acetonitrile or by treating XXIII or XXIV with diethylphosphite and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Benzylphosphonium Bromide Pl [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide Benzylphosphonium Bromide P1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline A mixture of 6-isopropyl-8-Bromoquinoline (11.1g, 44.4mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852), 3-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (8.70g, 57.2mmol), Na2CO3 (2M, 71mL, 142mmo1) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2.51mg, 2.17mmol) in 280mL of DME was stirred at 80 C
for 5h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 1/1) and stirring in CH2ClZ/hexane (1/9) yielded 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline as a white solid.
Step 2: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline A suspension of the hydroxymethyl product compound from present step 1 (7.40g, 26.7mmol) in AcOH (50mL) and HBr (50mL, 48% aq) was stirred for 12h at 100 C. The mixture was cooled to r.t., poured into NaOH (2N) in ice, the pH
was adjusted to 8 and the mixture was diluted with ether. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to yield 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline as a yellow solid.
Step 3: [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide To a solution of the bromomethyl product compound from present step 2 (3.807g, 11.1mmo1) in 40mL of CH3CN was added triphenylphosphine (3.22g, 12.3mmo1). The mixture was stirred at 60 C for 12h, cooled to r.t., diluted with ether, filtered, and washed with ether to yield [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide.
Benzylphosphonate P2 Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Benzylphosphonate P2 was prepared by the following procedure. The bromomethyl compound from from step 2 above of the synthesis of Pl (11.34g, leq) was dissolved in THF (170mL). Diethylphosphite (3.87mL, 1.05eq) was added and the solution was cooled down to 0 C. Next, t-BuOK (3.87mL, 1N in THF) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred 2h and the quenched by addition of NH4C1(sat), water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 1/9) gave Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate as a clear oil.
Benzylphosphonate P3 Diethyl 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate Benzylphosphonate P3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-(1-Cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline Following step 1 described above of the procedure for Benzylphosphonium Bromide Pl, but substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for 6-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline as the starting material, 6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate To a solution of the alcohol6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline from present step 1 (5.15g, 17mmo1) in CH202 (150mL) at -78 C was added Et3N (3.6mL, 26mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride ("MsCl") (1.6mL, 2lmmol). After 0.5h at -78 C, the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate as a white foam.
Step 3: Diethyl3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To a solution of diethylphosphite (2.5mL, l8mmol) in THF (100mL) at -78 C was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 16mL, 16mmo1) and the mesylate compound 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate from present step 2(5.1g, 13.5mmol). After 0.5h at -78 C and 12h at r.t., the resulting mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (1120, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:4 to 1:10) yielded Diethyl3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate as an oil.
Benzyphosphorous Reagent - Ketone Coupling H3C CHs H3C H3 1 , R1 \ R VII N
N
R2 Rs MeS
Benz. Phos. Reag.
(XXV) XXVI
VIII
Ri N ~
Example (I) Compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared using the reaction pathways outlined in Scheme 7 above. The compound XXVI may be SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) obtained by adding a solution of the ketone VII in a solvent such as THF to a mixture of the benzylphosphorous reagent XXV and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF. The compounds corresponding to the formula I may then be prepared by treating XXVI with oxone in a mixture of solvents such as THF/MeOH/water. Alternatively the compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting the lcetone VIII with XXV in the presence of a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
Referring to Scheme 7 above and Table 1 below, the coupling of the ketones with the benzyl phosphorous reagents resulted in the tabulated Examples.
Tablel Benz. Phos. Reag. Ketone Example P2 Commercial 30 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Tablel Benz. Phos. Reag. Ketone Example Aryl Bromide - Bromoquinoline Coupling H C 3C CH3 HsC R2 3 ~CH3 Br O~B-O I ~ CH3 Bromoquinoline N
(XX) I ~ I ' I
R1 R1 Ri Me02S Me02S Me02S
Aryl Bromide Boronate Example (I) (XVIII) (used in situ) Referring to Scheme 8, compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared by in situ conversion of the aryl bromide XVIII to the corresponding boronate ester by heating with diboron pinacol ester, a catalyst such as [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and a base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as DMF, followed by the addition of the bromoquinoline XX, an additional amount of the same catalyst, an additional amount of a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) and an additional period of heating.
Referring to Scheme 8 above, Table 2 and Table 2 appendix below, the coupling of the Aryl Bromide with the Bromoquinoline resulted in the tabulated Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 2 Aryl Bromide Bromoquinoline Example Table 2 appendix Aryl Bromide Bromoquinoline Example Compounds of this invention can be prepared by following Scheme 9 shown below.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) i B(OH)2 R1 R
6"CHO N N XVI
XX X
CHO ~N
MeO2S ~ O OR2 R = p-MeOPh (Example 18) /xv R2=H
R1 R1 (Example 19) N IN
MeO2S MeO2S O
XXVIII Example (I) N~D Example 27 NH-Q Example 28 NH-~CH3 Example 29 Scheme 9 outlines the preparation of compounds of formula I where the aldehyde XXVII may be prepared by heating the bromoquinoline XX, 3-formylbenzeneboronic acid, a catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 and a base such as sodium SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as DME. The aldehyde XXVII may be converted to Example 18 by heating with XVI in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. Example 19 may be obtained by treatment of Example 18 with cerric ammonium nitrate ("CAN") in a mixture of solvents such as acetonitrile/water. Alternatively the aldehyde XXVII may be converted to the unsaturated acid XXVIII by heating with XV and a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. The acid XXVIII may then be converted to the amide I
(Example 27, 28 and 29) by treatment with a coupling system such as EDCI, HOBt, and an amine in a solvent such as DMF.
Compounds of this invention can be prepared by coupling Bromoquinoline compounds with Boronate compounds according to Scheme 10 below.
Bromoquinoline-Boronate Coupling H3C \--,CH3 c~r CR ;Ool Br 1Ar Ar MeO2S MeO2Bromoquinoline (XX) Boronate Example (I) (XII) Scheme 10 describes how compounds of formula I may be obtained by coupling the bromoquinoline XX with the boronate ester XII in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as n-propanol. Referring to Table 3, the coupling of the Bromoquinoline with Boronate resulted in the tabulated Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 3 Bromoquinoline Boronate Example EXAMPLES 1 and 2 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (Z/E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-phenylethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
I \ ( \
H3C,S
~/'Ii Example 1 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ~ \ \ CH3 N
\ / \
S,CH3 O O
Example 2 Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of benzylphosphonate P2 (330mg, 0.83mmol) and ketone K3 (200mg, 0.77mmol) in THF (6mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 0.83mL, 0.83mmol). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with Et20. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 7:3) produced Examples 1 and 2 as white foams with one product being less polar than the other product. Example 1 was the less polar Z-isomer and Example 2 was the more polar E-isomer.
Example 1: NMR 'H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.79 (q, 1H), 8.28 (q, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.6-7.1 (m, 14H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
Example 2: NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.78 (q, 1H), 8.25 (q, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.39-7.2 (m, 8H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-{ 3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 S _/ N
N
~N
\ I ~ \
S,CH3 O
0 Example 3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a suspension of the benzylphosphonium bromide Pl (320mg, 0.531mmo1) in 2.5mL THF at -78 C
was added t-BuOK (1.OM in THF, 0.55mL, 0.55mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred 30min at 0 C . To this ylide at -78 C was then added ketone K5 (122mg, 0.455mmol) in 2mL of THF dropwise. The mixture was warmed to r.t., then stired for lh, quenched with a NH4C1(sat.) and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated.
Flash chromatography (Silica cartridge, Hex/EtOAc 10 to 100% in 20min) yielded Example 3 (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
NMR 1H (500MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.79-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, 0.4H, minor), 7.78 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.73-7.47 (m, lOH), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.34 (t, 0.6H, major), 7.27 (t, 0.4H, minor), 7.18 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.09 (d, 0.4H, minor), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 1.8H, major), 2.99 (s, 1.2H, minor), 1.36-1.33 (m, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) MS (M+1) 511.
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
O I ~ -.N
N
H3C"
Example 4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline Following the procedure for Example 3 but substituting the ketone K2 for K5 as the starting material, 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline Following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate B1 (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in the present step 1 for SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E/Z)-2-(3-B romophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-1- [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, Example 4 was obtained.
NMR 1H (500 MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.77 (dd, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.71(d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, 6H).
MS: (m+2): 509.4 EXAMPLES 5 and 6 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
OO
Example 5 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ~ \ \ CH3 N
F S=p -CHg Example 6 Examples 5 and 6 were prepared by the following procedure.
Following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K1 for K3 as the starting material, and purification by flash chromatography (50%EtOAc/50%Hexanes) yielded Examples 5 and 6.
1VMR 'H (500MHz in acetone-d6) Example 5: Major (Z) isomer: a 8.78 (dd, 1H), 8.25 (dd, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, 2H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
NMR 'H (500MHz in acetone-d6) Example 6: Minor (E) isomer: a 8.78 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (dd, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (dd, 1H), 7.35-7.15 (m, 9H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-(2- { (E/Z)-2- [3 -(6-i sopropyl-8 -quinolinyl)phenyl] -1- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } -1, 3-thi azol-5-yl)-2-propanol I \ \ CH3 N OH
N S
\ I / \
S,CH3 O O
Example 7 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 as the starting material. Purification by flash chromatography (100%EtOAc) yielded Example 7 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 'H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.80 (m, 1H), 8.30 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d(major), 1.44H), 7.93 (d(minor), 0.55H), 7.85 (s(major), 0.72H), 7.77 (s,(minor), 0.28H), 7.75-7.45 (m, 7H) 7.35 (t(minor), 0.28H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.72H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.28H), 7.10 (d(major), 0.72H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s(minor), 0.84), 2.99 (s(major), 2.16H), 1.60 (m, 6H), 1.35 (m, 6H).
MS (m+l): 569.6 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-[8-(3- { (E/Z)-2-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile H3C ~ N
I \ \ H3 CH3 CH
N
N S OH
\ / \
,CH3 O
Example 8 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 and the benzyl phosponate P3 for P2 as the starting materials. Purification by flash chromatography (20%CH2Cl2/80%EtOAc) yielded Example 8 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (m, 1H), 8.45 (m, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.55 (m, XH), 7.40 (t(minor), 0.43H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.57H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.43H), 7.10(d(major), 0.57H), 4.67 (s,(major), 0.57H), 4.63 (s(minor), 0.43H), 3.15 (s(minor),1.3H), 2.99 (s(major), 1.7H), 1.90 (m, 6H), 1.65 (s,(major), 3.4H), 1.45 (s(minor), 2.6H).
MS (m+1): 594.6 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[ 8-(3- { (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile N
N
N
0~ N -Example 9 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K2 for K3 and the benzyl phosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
Step 2: 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile, Example 9, was prepared by following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate B1 (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in present step 1 for (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material. Example 9 was obtained after purification by flash chromatography (97%EtOAc/3%Et3N).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 'H (400MHz in acetone-d6) c7 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.60-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 6H).
MS (m+1): 533.3 6-[ 1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl }quinoline O 0 ~CH3 S
~ \ \ CH3 N
N
U
0~ 0:s Example 10 was prepared by the following procedure. A mixture of bromoquinoline Q2 (105mg, 0.33mmol), boronate B2 (236mg, 0.51mmol), Na2CO3 (2M, 0.65mL, 1.3mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (6.3mg, 0.028mmo1) and PPh3 (28mg, 0.1 lmmol) in 4mL of n-propanol was stirred at 90 C for 2h. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone; 4/1) and stirring in Hexane/EtOAc yielded Example 10 (single isomer) as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1V1VIlZ 'H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.39 (dd, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 4.67 (q, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H) MS (M + 1) 576.
6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline I \ \ CH3 ~ /
N
/ I
\
O~ ~ / S Z
N
I
\ ~
D;S
Example 11 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and using boronate B2.
Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone; 9/1) and stirring in EtOAc/Hex yielded Example 11 (single isomer) as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.02-7.99 (d, 3H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H) MS (M+1) 523.
8-(3-{ (Z)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline O ~ ,CH3 ~ \ \ CH3 N
/-~
N NCHs \ I / \
S~CH3 Example 12 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 using the bromoquinoline Q2 but substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%CH2ClZ/5%EtOH) yielded the Example 12 compound.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.70 (q, 1H), 3.40 (s, 311), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (d, 3H).
MS (m+l): 572.4 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 8-(3-{ (Z)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methyl sulfonyl)ethyl] quinoline O ~ CH3 ~ \ \ CH3 N
~~
N ~ N,CH3 \ I / \
O O
Example 13 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting the bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting the boronate B1 for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5% Et3N) produced Example 13 (single isomer) as a foam.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.69 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H).
MS (m+l): 586.2 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) EXAMPLES 14 and 15 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline "
S.CH3 I \ \ O
N\-CH3 O S O_N/
H3C' Example 14 ~ \ \ CH3 N H3 ~-- N
N O
O'~
Example 15 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 14 and 15 were prepared by the following procedure. A
solution of the aryl bromide AB5 (249mg, 0.57mmol), diboron pinacol ester (167mg, 0.66mmol), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmo1) and potassium acetate (176mg, 1.8mmo1) in DMF (N,N-Dimethylformamide) (10mL) was degassed and stirred at 80 C for 3h. To that resulting mixture at 25 C was then added the bromoquinoline Q3 (150mg, 0.46mmol), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmo1) and sodium carbonate (0.6mL, 2M). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. The mixture was then cooled to r.t. quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc:Et3N, 22:68:10 then hexane:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded both isomers (Example 14 and Example 15).
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) Major(E) isomer (Example 14): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 8.00 (d, 2H), 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
MS (M+1): 588.2 Minor(Z) isomer (Example 15): a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.75 (in, 3H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.58 (q, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H) 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 311), 2.00 (s, 6H).
MS (M+1): 588.2 Alternatively, Example 14 can be made by the following procedure:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) glycerol FeSO4 MeSOzOH I\ A~N Br I
gr S03Na NBS N CH3~
NH2 Br Br B(OH)2 I S02Me / MeI \ S02Me N / t-BuONa / Pd/C CHO
Br N
Br I \ \ S
S02Me \ N
N
LNL]
N piperidine Me02S
\ CHO 1. EDC/HOBt N
N--NOH Me02S
2 lI
/ \NH2 Example 14 PhSO20H
OH
O
MeO2S
Benzenesulfonic acid salt SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 1. Skraup Reaction glycerol m-N02PhSO3Na MsOH ct~ix Br NH2 Br To methanesulfonic acid (8-10 equiv) at 20 C was added sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate (0.6-0.8 equiv), followed by iron sulfate heptahydrate (0.01-0.05 equiv). To the resulting mixture was added 2-bromo-4-methylaniline (1 equiv).
Glycerol (2-3 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was heated at 120-140 C and aged until the reaction was complete.
The mixture was cooled to 70-90 C and diluted with water. The solution was then cooled to about 20 C, and neutralized with aqueous NaOH and sodium bicarbonate. MTBE (methyl t-butyl ether) was added and the mixture was filtered and the phases were separated (the product was in the MTBE layer).
Step 2. Bromination \ AIBN I Br NBS N
Br Br SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The MTBE solution from step 1 was solvent switched to chlorobenzene. After filtered through Silica gel and partially concentrated, N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 0.6-0.8 equiv) and 2,2'-azobisisobutylnitrile (AIBN, 0.01-0.1 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at 55-85 C. The resulting mixture was diluted with cyclohexane. Additional NBS (0.3-0.5 equiv) and AIBN
(0.01-0.05 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at about 55-85 C
until reaction completed. The mixture was cooled at 10-40 C and diluted with cyclohexane and aged. The solid was isolated by filtration.
Step 3. Sulfone Formation (1H3SO2Na (1sO2Me N
Br Br To a solution of bromomethyl-bromoquinoline (product from previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was added powdered sodium methanesulfinate (1.0-1.5 equiv) at 10-60 C. The mixture was heated at about 50-70 C for 30min. The mixture was diluted with water while maintaining temp at about 50-70 C with vigorous stirring, then cooled to about 10-20 C and aged.. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed sequentially with 1:4 DMF/water and then water and dried.
Step 4. Methylation H
SO2CHg NaOtBu I\ \ S02CHg NaOtBu (N) MeI, DMF N MeI, DMF Br Br Br SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A solution of the sulfone (product from the previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was cooled to about -10 to 0 C. Sodium t-butoxide (-1 equiv) was added. A
solution of methyl iodide/DMF solution (-1 equiv of Mel) was added slowly while maintaining temperature at about -10 to 0 C.
A second portion of solid sodium t-butoxide (- 1 equiv) was added, followed by methyl iodide/DMF solution (-1 equiv) was added while maintaining the temperature at -5 to 10 C (Additional base and Mel may be added if the reaction was not completed). The reaction was quenched by adition of water and the product crystallized, which was isolated and dried.
Step 5. Suzuki Coupling SO2CHg B(OH)2 Pd/C I\ \ SO2CHg + N
Br ~ CHO K2C03/DMF
CHO
To a solution of the sulfone from the previous step (1 equiv) was added Pd/C (5 or 10 w%, 0.005-0.1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2-3 equiv), and 3-formyl phenylboronic acid (1-2 equiv). The degassed reaction mixture was heated at 60-120 C until the reaction was complete. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with water. The product crystallized and was isolated by filtration and dried.
Step 6. Oxadiazole ~ OH 1. EDC/HOBt I ~ N
HOI~ j Me02S ~ 0 2. i Me02S ~ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To the mixture of hydroxy benzotriazole ("HOBt") hydrate (1-1.5 equiv), 4-methylsulfonylphenylacetic acid (1 equiv) in acetonitrile was added EDC
hydrochloride (1-1.5 equiv). The sluiry was aged at about 20-30 C for 30min.
Other N-OH compounds, such as N-hydroxyphthalimide, 2-hydroxypyridine N-oxide, N-hydroxysuccinimide, can also. be used to replace HOBt.
Other carbodiimides, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and diisopropylcarbodiimide can be used to replace EDC hydrochloride (ethyl dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide hydrochloride).
To the slurry was added acetamide oxime (1-1.5 equiv). The resulting mixture was then heated at reflux until the reaction was complete. The resulting solution was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate. To the resulting mixture was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The solution was solvent switched to 2-propanol and product crystallized upon cooling, which was isolated and dried.
Step 7. Condensation to form Example 14 (<O2Me N
S02Me N piperidine N + Me02S 1 -~ \
/ ~ ' \ I O
CHO N
Me02S
To a slurry of the aldehyde from step 5 above (1 equiv) in 2-propanol was added the oxadiazole from step 6 above (1-1.5 equiv), followed by piperidine (0.2-1.5 equiv).
In place of 2-propanol, other solvents such as, for example, D1VIF, acetonitrile, 1-propanol, toluene, esters, and other alcohols. Piperidine serves as a basic initiator. In place of piperidine, other amine bases, especially secondary amines, can be used.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The resulting mixture was heated at reflux over molecular sieves until reaction completed. After cooling, the product was isolated by filtration and dried.
EXAMPLES 16 and 17 (E/Z)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-N-isopropyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide I \ \ ~
N
N
H
O~ 0 I
NY CHs ,S CH3 Example 16 ( \ \ CH3 N
C N--C
Th:c I H3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 17 Examples 16 and 17 were prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials. Examples 16 and 17 were obtained as a 4:1 mixture.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6) Major(E) isomer (Example 16): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 214), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 4 H), 7.45 (s, 111), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1 H), 6.71 (bd, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H) 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.12 (d, 6H).
MS (M+1): 538.3 Minor(Z) isomer (Example 17): c9 8.93 (dd, 1H), 8.48 (dd, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.94 (m, 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.70 (dd, 2H), 7.59 (q, 114), 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H) 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 6H), 1.04 (d, 6H).
MS (M+1)': 538.3 8-(3-{ (E)-2-{ 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I \ \ O
O\N
S
O N/ H3C" "
Example 18 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile A mixture of 4-methoxyphenol (lOg, 80mmo1), chloroacetonitrile (7.OmL, 11 lmmol) and K2C03 (26g, 188mmo1) in acetone (150 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 18h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 4:1) to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile as a clear oil.
Step 2 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime A mixture of the (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile product (5.Og, 31mmo1) from step 1, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.3g, 62mmol) and sodium acetate (5.1g, 62mmol) in MeOH (100mL) was stirred at r.t. for 2h. The resulting mixture was filtered on Celite , concentrated, stirred in CHC13 for 18h and filtered. The resulting solution was concentrated to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime as a gum.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 3 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OX2): 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-5- [4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazole 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-5- [4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl] -1,2,4-oxadiazole was prepared following the procedure as described in Scheme 3 for step 1(OXl) but substituting the (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime from step 2 above for acetamide oxime and heating the reaction at 90 C for 6h.
Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) yielded the desired material as a pale brown solid.
Step 4: 3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }benzaldehyde To bromoquinoline Q3 (10.1g, 30.9mmol) 3-formylbenzeneboronic acid (5.8g, 38.7mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0) (2.1g 1.86mmol) and sodium carbonate (39mL, 2M ) was added DME (330mL). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. After cooling to r.t. the resulting mixture was quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } benzaldehyde.
Step 5: 8-(3-{ (E)-2-{ 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] quinoline A mixture of the product from present step 4 (150mg, 0.42mmol), the oxadiazole OX2 from present step 3 above (175mg, 0.47mmol) and piperidine (0.1mL, l.Ommol) in toluene (0.6mL) was heated at 120 C for 3h. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) to yield Example 18 as a foam.
1VMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) 8 8.90 (q, 1H), 8.42 (q, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.75-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
(5-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol I \ \ O
. / ~
O\
N
HO~ I ~ N /
C~S s O OH
Example 19 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of the Example 18 compound (250mg, 0.35mmo1) in acetonitrile:water (4:1, 8 mL) was added CAN (330mg, 0.62mmol) in two portions at r.t. After 3h at r.t., the mixture was diluted with saturated NaHCO3 solution, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:7) yielded (5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol as a pale yellow foam.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.90 (q, 1H), 8.42 (q, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.73-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, 1H), 7.38 (t, 111), 7.23 (d, 1H), 4.67 (m, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }
phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide ~S,CH3 I \ \ O
Nr p Example 20 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5, and using the bromoquinoline Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.71 (bd, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H) 2.9 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.13 (d, 6H).
MS(M+1): 591.3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid N
I \ \ \
i /
N
/ I
\
I OH
~ \
OS / O
H3C" \O
Example 21 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB1 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Methanol) a 8.8 (dd, 1H), 8.38 (dd, 1H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
MS (M-C02): 451.4 (negative ion).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile I \ \ ~
N
N
O\
O\ N /N
S
H3C ' CH3 Example 22 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5 and substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.1 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 7.71 (t, 3H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.56 (q, 111), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H) MS (M+1): 535.2 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide N
~ \ \ \
N
OS o H3C~ ~0 Example 23 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB3 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained.
1V1VIR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 4H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.6 (bs, 1H), 6.7 (bs, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenami de ( \ \ ~
N
~ /
N
/ I
\
~ N CH3 \ CH3 O~ I / O CH3 H3C-S'-0 Example 24 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting, the aryl bromide AB4 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 'H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) c7 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.58 (m, 5H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.4 (bs, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
MS(M+1)553.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid ~ \ \ CH3 N
I OH
,~ o H3C-S-~10 Example 25 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB1 for AB5, and 5-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication W09422852) for Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) 7 8.69 (dd, 1H), 8.26 (dd, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, 2H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS(M+1)472.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N /
/ I
\
~
O
\ I .
O~ N
~ / N ~
H3C-S'~*O ~
Example 26 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5, and substituting 5-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication W09422852) for as the starting materials.
1VMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) 8 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.73 (m, 3H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.47 (q, 1H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H) 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS (M+l) 510.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] -1-(1-pyrroli dinyl)-2-propen-1-one gCH3 ~1\\
0 \ N
O
H3C-S"0 >
Example 27 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid A mixture of 3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}benzaldehyde from step 4 of Example 18 (2.33g, 6.60mmo1), 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl acetic acid (1.71g, 7.98mmol) and piperidine (0.20m1, 1.98mmol) in lOmL of toluene was refluxed for 2 days. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with CH2ClZ, subjected to flash chromatography (CH2Cl2/EtOAc/AcOH, 50/50/1) and finally stirred with (Et20/CH2CI2) and isolated to give (E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid (single isomer) as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.39 (dd, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 4.67 (q, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H).
MS (M + 1) 576.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 2: (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen-l-one A mixture of (E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid (104mg, 0.19mmo1) from the present step 1 above, pyrrolidine (24 L, 0.29mmol), EDCI (1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride) (55mg, 0.29mmol) and HOBt (1-Hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate) (34mg, 0.25mmol) in lml of DMF was stirred at r.t. for 12h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with NH4C1 (sat), H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Stirring in EtOAc/Hex yielded Example 27 as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.88 (dd, 1H), 8.40 (dd, 111), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.98 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H) 7.55-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.03 (bs, NH) 3.58 (bs, 2H), 3.44 (bs, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H) 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.88 (bs, 4H).
MS (M + 1) 603.
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide ~ [\\
N OO
H
N
O~ 0 H3C,S~"~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 28 was prepared by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting cyclopropyl amine for pyrrolidine, thus yielding a white solid.
NMR 1H (400 MHz, acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 114), 8.41 (dd, 1 H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.94 (bs, 1H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 0.67-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.45 (m, 2H).
MS(M+1)589.
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide ~]~-, ~CH3 ~~ O CH3 H3C-S,:~10 Example 29 was prepared as a white solid by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting t-butyl amine amine for pyrrolidine.
NMR 'H (400MHz, acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.43 (bs, 1H), 2.94 (s, 314), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 911) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) MS (M+l) 606.
8- { 3-[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl }-6-isopropylquinoline itc, CH3 C
I Example 30 was prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of the benzylphosphonate P2 (100mg, 0.25mmol), 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone (63mg, 0.25mmo1),) in THF (2mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 0.35mL, 0.35mmo1). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water/NH4.C1 and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 8:2) yielded Example 30 as a white foam.
NMR 'H (300MHz, acetone-d6) a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.48-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H) 3.13 (hept, 1H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline CH3H3C "
Js Example 31 I \ \ CH3 N
I \ I N
O;S CH3 Example 32 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 31 and 32 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K7 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
1VMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 31): a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.27 (dd, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.57-7.43 (m, 7H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.15 (hept, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
(Z) isomer (Example 32): c9 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.61-7.30 (m, 10H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.11 (hept, 1H), 1.35 (d, 6H).
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline I \ \ CH3 N ~
/
\
N I
~ \ ~ \
C / / S: 0 Hs 0 Example 33 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) CFi3o;S 3 j CHg Example 34 Examples 33 and 34 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NNIR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 33): a 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.99-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.61-7.44 (m, 6H), 7.27 (t, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 3.15 (hept, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
NMR 'H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 34): a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.42-7.23, (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.12 (hept, 1H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 8-(3-{ 2,2-bis [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] vinyl } phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline ( \ \ CH3 N ~
/ I
\
~
\ \
0;S S~
O1- I / I / ~CH3 Example 35 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 3.14 (hept, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97(s, 3H), 1.35 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile I
Ni / ~ N
H \ \ ~
/ I
\
N
I ~ I \
/ / S:O
C O
Example 36 N
HIN
O O%S 3 Example 37 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 36 and 37 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 36): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, 1H) 7.57-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
NMR 1H (300NIHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 37): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.42 (m, 2H) 7.30 (t, 111), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H).
2-[8-(3-{ 2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile H3C CHs I \ \ ~
N
N
\
O_~ I / ~ / ~CH3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 38 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.44 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 211), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.61 (d, 2H) 7.58-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H).
2-methyl-2-(8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl }-6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile N
O
/ O
Example 39 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K10 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6): 7 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.11-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, 1H) 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3- { (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ "o N / C/ CHs / I
\
N I
~ \ ~ \ ~O
H3C / / ~S"'CH
Example 40 ~ \ \ S5~,o N 0~ CH3 N
H3C'S' CH3 O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 41 Examples 41 and 42 were prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B3 for boronate B2.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 40): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.01-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, 1H) 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 6H).
1VMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 41): c9 8.88 (dd, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.94 (d, 114), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 514), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 114), 7.06 (d, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
2-(6-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol gCH3 I I O
N O
N
S~
HO CH3 ~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 42 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate for boronate B2.
1VMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.03-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.58-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 31=1), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.56 (s, 6H).
N
N I
S
p/I
Example 43 was prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB6 for and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
Additional Examples are the following:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O~
N~ S
\ / \
S
O/ p O
gl ~
I IO
N
O
\ / \
S
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI /
I O
O~ S
S
0~0~
S
o~
N /
O N
S
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ S/
0 O\ N
\S \
/ \O
\ \ /S\
OO \O
N
O I I
//\\
O O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) /S\
p ~O
N
I I O
S
OO
/S~
O/ \O
N
S N S
//\\ II II
O O N N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) /S\
~0 N S
O O N
/S~
0/ \0 \ N/
N
~
S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) IS~
0 ~0 N
\S /
O~ ~O
N
O I o S
/ \O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ /S\
I O~ \O
I N
I O
S
O/ O
S I-Il'O
( / p \
N
I O
O N
\ I N /
\S
~O O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I O
N
O O
S
I O O
N
O
O~S~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S ~O
O
N
O N
\ ~N
I O
\S
S
N
OS
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Sl ,,-I / lO
N
O I O
S
/ \O
\ \ S~ O
p N
O I
~ N I O
\ S/
O O// \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI /
(O
O I
\ \ ~
I N
/==\
N
/
\ / \
S
OO
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N S
\ / \
O~ O
I N
N
( S /
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N O
N
ss o~ \
N
O
I
S
0//o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
o I s~
o,Z~As N
O~S
S
O%~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
O~g--/
N ~
N
N
N
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ ~ N
N
\ / \
S
O~o~
N
N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O
S~
~O
N
\N / -N
N----O S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N / \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O_ N+
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I O
N ro N
F F
O
F
)-"
O O F
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
F
I N co SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I N
N
/ p\ S \ /
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ ~ \
I I
N
\ ~ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
O
\ / \
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
+
O Na N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I / .
\ / ~N
O
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) / \ N
I O
N
/ O O\~
\ / \
I N+
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ / N \
N / ~N
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
/ N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
) O
N
O N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N+/O-N
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O O- Na+
\ / \
I N+
N N-N
N. N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N / N-N
N N
N
N
N O
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) / O O
S
N
/ N O~N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I N
N
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ ~ \
I N /
N
O N~
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
I N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O N I
\ / \
N+
-~ O-\
N
N O
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N O
N O-~
N
N O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
I O
S
N N
N O
O
S":-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I ~N
/
S
'N
NI N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N.-N
N N
I
N
/N
S
N
/ II
O
S~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ / \ N
N_ //
N / N
N N-N
N N
I
\ / \
I O
S
O //
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N-N
N~ N
N+
-~ O"
I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
F I
O~ O
N
F
\ ~ \
s O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F /
s O~ O
N
\ / \
O I
S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
S
O/ \O
N N-N
N N--_ \ / \
S
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N-N
N /N
s O~//~O
N
N
SO
~
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
O N
S O
~
O
//
N
I I
CI S
O~ \O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I I
S CI
O/ \O
\ / \
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
N
O~ ~O
S I
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I I / / S
O/ O
N
I I
\S / /
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F I I
S
F p/ O
F
S F
F
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O I I
S
O
O
O/ \O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I I
S
~ p~ O
I S~
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
o N / \
~ 1\ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ S I O
CI O~I
N
N
I ~ I O
N s O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S CI
o ~ ~ ~ I I
\ \ oi fct SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
iiLo \
N
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
I O
F
N \
/
I O~
N
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ / \
V I
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
O~ O
N I .
S I
O~S~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N S
s O~ ~O
N~
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Q
N ~ O
N~ S
s O~ ~O
N /
N~ S
\ / \
O ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
S ~
~ I I
S
O
N
S /N
s O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ / \
s 0~0~
N
\ / \
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
N
S
N
. / \
N. S
\ / \
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ S
NI
N
S
\ IN I
S
O/\O
N
O O
\ / \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F F
F
F
O
F F
O
S
0~l F F
F
F
O
F F
N -N
N O
S
0~0~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N
N O
\ / \
S
O~~O
N N
N O
\ / \
Op~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
/ O O
O
I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S \
N
S
O/ O
O
S
NI
N
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
-QS
O
~ ~
/ /
N
/
I
I O
O I
O ~S / N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
S
OO~~
F F
F
~ ~ F
I O F
/ / F
N
/ O N
I
\ /
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
\ / \
N
N
/
N S
s O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
041o~
N
N S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F F
F
F
F
F F
S \
N
S
N / N S
\ / \
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N -N
N O
S
p o~
O
N
S N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ O
~ / .
N
S N
\ / \
s O/ O
O
N ~
S /N
\ / \
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N S
\ / \
O~ ~O
/ \ \
I N
N ~
N S
\ / \
s O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NS
I ~ O
N
O \ I NI ~
~S
~ S .
\S / N ~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
II
O N~
I / ' I
/ O N
I&S
O~o~
N
N
I
S
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O
\ / \
S
0~0~
O'S
N
S N
\ / \
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N/\ 1S
S O
N-N
N N
N N
N O
S
0~~0 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
S
N
N N
N O
S
0~I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
N
N
O N
S
0~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O I
S
\ \ ~
N
N ~
S /N
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N /
N' S I O
S
O
O,--s~
\ \ \
N
N' \
S I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
O
N
S
pO~
O
S~ /
I IO
N N
N O
S
pp~l I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
O~
N S
s O55~S
I O
N
N S
S
O~ p SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI
I / lO
N
O
\ / \
S
O
Ig/
I IO
/ p N
\ / \
O/IO
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 0 O, O
\ / \
S
O~ O
O CI N
I
N
I / CI
I
S
O
% N
O-:~S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
N
N
N
ON
S
O
Salts of the Examples As discussed above, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are often desirable. Examples of such salts are described below:
General Method for Salt Preparation Salts of the compounds of this invention that are basic may be prepared in several ways:
a) The compound is dissolved in acceptable solvent such as ethyl acetate. An acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid in an acceptable solvent such as 1,4-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) dioxane is then added. The precipitated salt slurry is aged and the salt is then isolated by filtration.
b) The compound and an acceptable acid such as benzenesulfonic acid are dissolved in an acceptable solvent such as isopropyl acetate or in a mixture of solvents such as isopropyl acetate and methanol. The salt may then be isolated by concentration or a solvent switch, leading to precipitation, followed by filtration. The more stable crystal form of the salt may be obtained by equilibration of the precipitated salt slurry by heating and aging prior to filtration. Seed crystals from previous batches may also be added prior to equilibration of the salt slurry, to initiate the process of crystallization and equilibration.
The sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.00 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, sulfuric acid (1.04 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring.
The resulting suspension was stirred a further 40 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, 1H), 9.23 (d, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.16 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
The methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, methanesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred, allowed to concentrate by evaporation and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ether to give the methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, 1H), 9.32 (d, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.22 (t, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.49 (m, 214), 7.35 (d, 1H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
p-TOLUENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOLTND
The p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly. The solution was concentrated and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 3 days. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound).
mp 184-185 C.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.58 (d, 1H), 9.22 (d, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.16 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
The 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the coinpound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly, followed by ethanol. Toluene was then added to the solution, followed by concentration. More toluene was then added and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 24h. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with toluene to give the 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound.
mp 202-204 C.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.64 (d, 1H), 9.30 (d, 1H), 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.23 (m, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, 2H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.72 (dd, 1H), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.43 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in ethyl acetate with heating and sonication.
After cooling the solution to room temperature, HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1.0 equiv) was added while stirring. The suspension was stirred for a further 5 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the mono-hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound.
The benzenesulfonic acid salt of the Example 14 compound is available in two crystalline forms ("Form A" and "Form B"). The forms are produced by the following procedures:
Salt Formation (Ii>SO2Me (SO2Me N / _ Ethyl Acetate N
/
+ HO3S~ ~ + 03S ~ ~
methanol / I
/ I
\ \
\ I O1 N \ I Ol N
I / N~ I / N~
MeOZS Me02S
Form A
To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added benzenesulfonic acid (1-1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of ethyl acetate. Methanol was added and the resulting mixture was heated until the solid dissolved. Other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of the methanol.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The resulting solution was filtered and concentrated. The product crystallized during concentration. The resulting mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and aged. The yellow solid was collected by filtration.
HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6-[I-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-I,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid.
m.p. by DSC: 193 C.
The X-ray Powder Diffraction ("XRPD") Spectrogram for the Form A
is shown in Fig. 2. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 5.
Peaks Identifying Form A
Polymorph ( 2Theta) 10_0 19.5 21.4 22.4 30.5 Form B
To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in a mixture of isopropyl acetate (i-PzOAc) and methanol (1:1) was added benzenesulfonic acid (1-1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of i-PrOAc and other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of methanol. The mixture was aged at 50 C until the solids dissolved. The resulting solution was filtered and distilled while the volume was maintained by addition of a 9:1 (v/v) mixture of i-PrOAc/methanol. The product crystallized during the distiIlation.
The resulting mixture was aged at 20 - 70 C for 2-10 h to ensure complete formation of Form B. The resulting off-white solid was isolated by filtration and dried.
HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid.
m.p. by DSC: 210 C
The XRPD Spectrogram for the Form B is shown in Fig. 3. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 6. The spectra are compared in Fig. 4 with the identifying peaks pointed out by arrows.
Peaks Identifying Form B
Polymorph ( 2Theta) 14.4 17.7 20.0 20.2 23.7 28.9 Other variations or modifications, which will be obvious to those slalled in the art, are within the scope and teachings of this invention. This invention is not to be limited except as set forth in the following claims.
In one embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-C1-C(alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -(CO-C( alky1)(CO-Cgalkyl)amino;
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl.), -O-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6al.koxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alky1)(CO-C(a1ky1)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6a1ky1, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-Cga1kyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl);
-S-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C(alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-cycloC3-C(alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
AisCH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(allcyl), -SOn-(aryl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C 1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-Cbalkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a-C2-C(alkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-Cga)kyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocyclaC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(,alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Cp-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-Cgalkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Cp-C(alkyl)(CO-C[alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C(alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C{ alkyl)(CO-C{ alkyl);
N~E~
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6allcyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C 1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), or -C1-C(alkylacylamino group, whereiin any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C(alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C (O )-N (C O-C ( alkyl ) (C O-C ( alkyl) ;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C(alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a an -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)(C1-C(alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-6alkyl,-C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cl-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6al1cyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl )(C0-C6alkyl);
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted;
= when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In an embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, ary], heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C i -C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6a1kyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)Cl-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryI), -SOnNH(heteroaryI), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Cp-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C 1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C(a1ky1)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-Cbalkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6a1ky1, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(ary]), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, Ci-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Cp-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alky])arnino, -C(O)-N(Cp-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally -13- oll ~
~
\=1C015Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl ) (CO-C( alkyl );
R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -CI-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C 1-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C{alkyl)(C1-C(a1ky1)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Ci-C(alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cyc]oalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
YlCOlSY CA 02393749 2002-06-07 A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(a1ky1), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6a1kyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6all.yl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6aIkoxy, -C1-C(,alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cl-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alky]), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, anzino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6a1kyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, CZ-Cbalkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-Cbalkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(Cp-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6a1kyl(oxy)C1-C6a1kyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -15- ~
-SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(C0-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6a1ky1);
A is CH;
R2 is a carbonyl, optionally substituted with 1 substituent, wherein the substituent is an, aryl, heteroaryl, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -0-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O-(C1-C6alkyl), -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(a1ky1)(CO-C(allcyl)amino, substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -O(aryl), -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6a1ky1), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -cycloC3-C6alkyl or -C(O)-N(CO-C( alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6a1ky1, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cyc1oC3-C6a1ky1, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6a1kyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C(allcoxy, wherein said allcyl and alkoxy groups are optionally SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) :vjC 0 15; CA 02393749 2002-06-07 substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C6alky1)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylanzino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6a1kyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbarnoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C{alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a carbamoyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -CI-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Cl-C(alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, CI-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
C)5 CA 02393749 2002-06-07 In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
RI is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bri dge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Sl, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -CI-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -CI-C(alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylaniino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), ~'~
- 18 - ~~'",--SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a-(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -N02, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(alkyl), -0-aryl, -0-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -C1-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C(alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C1-C(alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C(allcyl)(CO-C(alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6al1cyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -CI-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylarnino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)Cj-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(ary)), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroary[), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6aIky1), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cl-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-Cbalkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a-C(O)N-(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -N02, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-Cbalkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C{alkyl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, an-tino, -OH, or -C1-C6alkyl(aniino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C 1-C6alkyI), halogen, -N02, -CN, or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(CI-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(Cp-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6aIky1)(CO-C6a1ky1) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-Cbalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6a1ky]), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
m'O 5 Y CA 02393749 2002-06-07 In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -CI-Cbalkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a halogen, carbonyl, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C2-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -CI-C(alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -CI-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C(alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(ary1), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(CO-C(alkyl)(Cp-Cbalkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C(alkyl)-SOn-(CI-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cl-Cbalkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is --CN;
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cl-C(a1kyI), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -0-heteroaryl, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -Cl-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -N02, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C(allcyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Cp-C(alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6al1cyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C(alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl);
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are each H;
R1 is -C1-C6allcyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6allcyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(CO-C(alkyl), SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl);
A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -N02, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(CO-C(alkyl)(CO-C(alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(CO-C6alkyl)(CO-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -N02, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C(alkyl), or -C (O)-N(CO-C( alkyl) (CO-C( alkyl);
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
As used herein, "alkyl" as well as other groups having the prefix "alk"
such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and the like, means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and the like. "Allcenyl", "alkynyl" and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond.
The term "cycloalkyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms, and includes mono-, bi- and tricyclic saturated carbocycles, as well as fused ring systems. Such fused ring systems can include one ring that is partially or fully unsaturated such as a benzene ring to form fused ring systems such as benzofused carbocycles. Cycloalkyl includes such fused ring systems as spirofused ring systems.
Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, decahydronaphthalene, adamantane, indanyl, indenyl, fluorenyl, 1,2,3,4-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) tetrahydronaphalene and the like. Similarly, "cycloalkenyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms and at least one non-aromatic C-C double bond, and include mono-, bi- and tricyclic partially saturated carbocycles, as well as benzofused cycloalkenes. Examples of cycloalkenyl include cyclohexenyl, indenyl, and the like.
The term "cycloalkyloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes a cycloalkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "alkoxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "aryl" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
The term "aryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, connected through the oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Ther term "CO-C6alkyl" includes alkyls containing 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or no carbon atoms. An alkyl with no carbon atoms is a hydrogen atom substituent or a direct bond - depending on whether the alkyl is a terminus or a bridging moiety.
The term "hetero" unless specifically stated otherwise includes one or more 0, S, or N atoms. For example, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl include ring systems that contain one or more 0, S, or N atoms in the ring, including mixtures of such atoms. The hetero atoms replace ring carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a heterocycloC5alkyl is a five membered ring containing from 5 to no carbon atoms.
Examples of heteroaryl include, for example, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzthienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl.
The term "heteroaryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise describes a heteroaryl group connected through an oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Examples of heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl include, for example, furylmethyl, furylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, oxazolylethyl, isoxazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, thiazolylethyl, imidazolylmethyl, imidazolylethyl, benzimidazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylethyl, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) thiadiazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylethyl, triazolylmethyl, triazolylethyl, tetrazolylmethyl, tetrazolylethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, pyridazinylmethyl, pyrimidinylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl, isoquinolinylmethyl and quinoxalinylmethyl.
Examples of heterocycloC3_7alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl.
Examples of aryl(C1_6)alkyl include, for example, phenyl(C1_6)alkyl, and naphthyl(Cl_6)alkyl.
Examples of heterocycloC3_7alkylcarbonyl(Cl_6)alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, pyrrolidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, piperidinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, piperazinyl carbonyl(C1_6)allcyl, morpholinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, and thiomorpholinyl carbonyl(Cl_6)alkyl.
The term "amine" unless specifically stated otherwise includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines.
Unless otherwise stated, the term "carbamoyl" is used to include -NHC(O)OC 1-C4alkyl, and -OC(O)NHC 1-C4alkyl.
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
The term "optionally substituted" is intended to include both substituted and unsubstituted. Thus, for example, optionally substituted aryl could represent a pentafluorophenyl or a phenyl ring. Further, the substitution can be made at any of the groups. For example, substituted aryl(C1_6)alkyl includes substitution on the aryl group as well as substitution on the alkyl group.
Compounds described herein contain one or more double bonds and may thus give rise to cis/trans isomers as well as other conformational isomers. The present invention includes all such possible isomers as well as mixtures of such isomers.
Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. The present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The above Formula I is shown without a definitive stereochemistry at certain positions. The present invention includes all stereoisomers of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further, mixtures of stereoisomers as well as isolated specific stereoisomers are also included.
During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts.
Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanof, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
Particularly preferred are benzenesulfonic, citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound represented by Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. Such additional therapeutic ingredients include, for example, i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) corticosteroids, iv) Hl receptor antagonists, v) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) statins, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs ("NSAID"), and ix) M2/M3 antagonists. The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the compound of Formula I can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
Dosage levels from about 0.001mg/kg to about 140mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of conditions such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative slcin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues which are responsive to PDE4 inhibition, or alternatively about 0.05mg to about 7g per patient per day. For example, inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01mg to 50mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5mg to about 2.5g per patient per day. Further, it is understood that the PDE4 inhibiting compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage foim will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about 0.01mg to about 1000mg of the active ingredient, typically 0.01mg, 0.05mg, 0.25mg, lmg, 5mg, 25mg, 50mg, 100mg, 200mg, 300mg, 400mg, 500mg, 600mg, 800mg or 1000mg.
It is understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
In practice, the compounds represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of this invention can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compound represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I. The compounds of Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) are employed. Optionally, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques A tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Each tablet preferably contains from about 0.lmg to about 500mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule preferably containing from about 0.1mg to about 500mg of the active ingredient.
Pharinaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable fortn must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability.
The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, or the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) compound represented by Formula I of this invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives. (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound described by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.
The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention have been found to exhibit biological activity as PDE4 inhibitors.
Accordingly, another aspect of the invention is the treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues -maladies that are amenable to amelioration through inhibition of the PDE4 isoenzyme and the resulting elevated cCAMP levels - by the administration of an effective amount of the compounds of this invention. The term "mammals" includes humans, as well as other animals such as, for example, dogs, cats, horses, pigs, and cattle.
Accordingly, it is understood that the treatment of mammals other than humans is the treatment of clinical correlating afflictions to those above recited examples that are human afflictions.
Further, as described above, the compound of this invention can be utilized in combination with other therapeutic compounds. In particular, the combinations of the PDE4 inhibiting compound of this invention can be advantageously used in combination with i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) COX-2 selective inhibitors, iv) statins, v) NSAIDs, vi) M2/M3 antagonists, vii) corticosteroids, viii) Hl (histamine) receptor antagonists and ix) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
In another aspect, it was found that the compound of this invention can be formed as a metabolite in the mammalian system. For example, Example 19, (5-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl } -1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ NN
H C~S
s O OH
which is a PDE4 inhibitor is formed in vivo as a metabolite when Example 14:
KCH3'CH3 N N
>-CH3 ~S O-N
H3C~ 0 is administered. Accordingly, the present invention includes prodrugs that form PDE4 inhibitors in vivo as a metabolite after administering such prodrugs to a mammal. Further, this invention includes a method of treatment by a step of administering a prodrug to form in vivo an effective amount of a PDE4 inhibitor described by Formula I.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In accordance with one aspect of the present invention there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), as previously described, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), psoriasis, inflammatory arthritis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, neurogenic inflammation, pain, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, memory impairment, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Alzheimer's disease.
33a The abbreviations used herein have the following tabulated meanings.
Abbreviations not tabulated below have their meanings as commonly used unless specifically stated otherwise.
Ac = acetyl Bn = benzyl CAMP cyclic adenosine-3',5'-mono hos hate DBU = 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DIBAL = diisobutylaluminum hydride DMAP = 4-(dimethylamino) yridine DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide Et3N = triethylamine GST glutathione transferase HMDS hexamethyldisilazide LDA = lithium diiso ro ylamide m-CPBA = metachloroperbenzoic acid MMPP = mono eroxy hthalic acid MPPM monoperoxyphthalic acid, magnesium salt 6H20 Ms = methanesulfonyl = mesyl = SO2Me Ms0 = methanesulfonate = mesylate NSAID = non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug o-Tol = ortho-tolyl OXONEO = 2KHSO5=KHSO4=K2SO4 PCC = pyridinium chlorochromate PDC = pyridinium dichromate PDE phosphodiesterase Ph = phenyl Phe = benzenediyl PMB = para-methoxybenzyl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Pye = pyridinediyl r.t. = room temperature Rac. = racemic SAM = aminosulfonyl or sulfonamide or SO2NH2 SEM = 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethoxy SPA = scintillation proximity assay TBAF = tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride Th = 2- or 3-thienyl TFA = trifluoroacetic acid TFAA = trifluoroacetic acid anhydride THF = tetrahydrofuran Thi = thiophenediyl TLC = thin layer chromatography TMS-CN = trimethylsilyl cyanide TMSI trimethylsilyl iodide Tz = 1H (or 2H)-tetrazol-5-yl CAN ceric ammoniuin nitrate C3H5 = allyl ALKYL GROUP ABBREVIATIONS, Me = Methyl Et = ethyl n-Pr = normal propyl i-Pr = iso ro yl n-Bu = normal butyl i-Bu = isobutyl s-Bu = secondary butyl t-Bu = tertiary butyl c-Pr = cyclo ro yl SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) c-Bu = cyclobutyl c-Pen = cyclopentyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl ASSAYS DEMONSTRATING BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
LPS AND FMLP-INDUCED TNF-a AND LTB4 ASSAYS IN HUMAN
WHOLE BLOOD
Whole blood provides a protein and cell-rich milieu appropriate for the study of biochemical efficacy of anti-inflammatory compounds such as PDE4-selective inhibitors. Normal non-stimulated human blood does not contain detectable levels of TNF-a and LTB4. Upon stimulation with LPS, activated monocytes express and secrete TNF-a up to 8 hours and plasma levels remain stable for 24 hours.
Published studies have shown that inhibition of TNF-a by increasing intracellular cAMP via PDE4 inhibition and/or enhanced adenylyl cyclase activity occurs at the transcriptional level. LTB4 synthesis is also sensitive to levels of intracellular cA1VIP
and can be completely inhibited by PDE4-selective inhibitors. As there is little LTB4 produced during a 24 hour LPS stimulation of whole blood, an additional LPS
stimulation followed by fMLP challenge of human whole blood is necessary for synthesis by activated neutrophils. Thus, by using the same blood sample, it is possible to evaluate the potency of a compound on two surrogate markers of activity in the whole blood by the following procedure.
Fresh blood was collected in heparinized tubes by venipuncture from healthy human volunteers (male and female). These subjects had no apparent inflammatory conditions and had not taken any NSAIDs for at least 4 days prior to blood collection. 500 L aliquots of blood were pre-incubated with either 2 L
of vehicle (DMSO) or 2 L of test compound at varying concentrations for 15 minutes at 37 C. This was followed by the addition of either 10 L vehicle (PBS) as blanks or lO L LPS (l g/mL final concentration, #L-2630 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) from E. coli, serotype 0111:B4; diluted in 0.1% w/v BSA (in PBS)). After hours of incubation at 37 C, another 10 L of PBS (blank) or 10 L of LPS (1 g/mL
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) final concentration) was added to blood and incubated for 30 ininutes at 37 C.
The blood was then challenged with either lO L of PBS (blank) or 10 L of fMLP (l M
final concentration, #F-3506 (Sigma); diluted in 1% w/v BSA (in PBS)) for 15 minutes at 37 C. The blood samples were centrifuged at 1500xg for 10 minutes at 4 C to obtain plasma. A 50 L aliquot of plasma was mixed with 200 L methanol for protein precipitation and centrifuged as above. The supernatant was assayed for LTB4 using an enzyme immunoassay kit (#520111 from Cayman Chemical Co., Ann Arbor, MI) according to the manufacturer's procedure. TNF-oc was assayed in diluted plasma (in PBS) using an ELISA kit (Cistron Biotechnology, Pine Brook, NJ) according to manufacturer's procedure. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.04 M to 8.71 M.
ANTI-ALLERGIC ACTIVITY IN VIVO
Compounds of the invention have been tested for effects on an IgE-mediated allergic pulmonary inflammation induced by inhalation of antigen by sensitized guinea pigs. Guinea pigs were initially sensitized to ovalbumin under mild cyclophosphamide-induced immunosuppression, by intraperitoneal injection of antigen in combinations with aluminum hydroxide and pertussis vaccine. Booster doses of antigen were given two and four weeks later. At six weeks, animals were challenged with aerosolized ovalbumin while under cover of an intraperitoneally administered anti-histamine agent (mepyramine). After a further 48h, bronchial alveolar lavages (BAL) were performed and the numbers of eosinophils and other leukocytes in the BAL fluids were counted. The lungs were also removed for histological examination for inflammatory damage. Administration of compounds of the Examples (0.001-10mg/kg i.p. or p.o.), up to three times during the 48h following antigen challenge, lead to a significant reduction in the eosinophilia and the accumulation of other inflammatory leukocytes. There was also less inflammatory damage in the lungs of animals treated with compounds of the Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) SPA BASED PDE ACTIVITY ASSAY PROTOCOL
Compounds which inhibit the hydrolysis of cAMP to AMP by the type-IV cAMP-specific phosphodiesterases were screened in a 96-well plate format as follows:
In a 96 well-plate at 30 C was added the test compound (dissolved in 2 L DMSO), 188mL of substrate buffer containing [2,8-3H] adenosine 3',5'-cyclic phosphate (cAMP, lOOnM to 50 M), 10mM MgC12, ImM EDTA, 50mM Tris, pH
7.5. The reaction was initiated by the addition of lOmL of human recombinant (the amount was controlled so that -10% product was formed in 10min.). The reaction was stopped after 10min. by the addition of Img of PDE-SPA beads (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ). The product AMP generated was quantified on a Wallac Microbeta 96-well plate counter (EG&G Wallac Co., Gaithersburg, MD). The signal in the absence of enzyme was defined as the background. 100% activity was defined as the signal detected in the presence of enzyme and DMSO with the background subtracted. Percentage of inhibition was calculated accordingly. IC50 value was approximated with a non-linear regression fit using the standard 4-parameter/multiple binding sites equation from a ten point titration.
The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 were determined with lOOnM
cAMP using the purified GST fusion protein of the human recombinant phosphodiesterase IVa (met-248) produced from a baculovirus/Sf-9 expression system. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.14nM to 10.24nM, although one example had an IC50 value of 109nM.
The examples that follow are intended as an illustration of certain preferred embodiments of the invention and no limitation of the invention is implied.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, the experimental procedures were performed under the following conditions. All operations were carried out at room or ambient temperature - that is, at a temperature in the range of 18-25 C.
Evaporation of solvent was carried out using a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure (600-4000pascals: 4.5-30mm. Hg) with a bath temperature of up to 60 C. The course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) and reaction times are SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) given for illustration only. Melting points are uncorrected and 'd' indicates decomposition. The melting points given are those obtained for the materials prepared as described. Polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations. The structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data. Yields are given for illustration only. When given, NMR data is in the form of delta (8) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent. Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc.
In addition, "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal. Chemical symbols have their usual meanings;
the following abbreviations have also been used: v (volume), w (weight), b.p.
(boiling point), m.p. (melting point), L (liter(s)), mL (milliliters), g (gram(s)), mg (milligrams(s)), mol (moles), mmol (millimoles), eq (equivalent(s)).
Methods of Synthesis Compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the following methods. The substituents are the same as in Formula I except where defined otherwise.
Ketone Synthesis SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) XAr1Y Ar- _ E-Ar~-ArX V
IV
1. base or organolithium 2. A 1. base or organolithium 2.Eor A
3. base or organolithium 4.AorE
OH
ArM A
III Ar QSMe I I
OH
Ar ~
I ~ S02Me Ar ~ /
VI SMe ssl"~ VII
Ar S02Me VIII
Wherein X=halogen, H
Y=halogen, H
A=4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde E=electrophile Ar=aryl or heteroaryl Referring to Scheme 1 above, and Scheme 1 Table below, the alcohol intermediate II may be prepared by the reaction of an aryl or heteroaryl metallic species III such as an organomagnesium halide with 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (A) in an organic solvent such as THF. The alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) by treatment an aryl or heteroaryl hydride or bromide IV with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde. Alternatively the alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by the following chemical transformations: 1) Treatment of an aryl or heteroaryl dihydride, halide-hydride or dihalide V with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde; 2) Subsequent treatment with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithiuin in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde, where the first or the second transformation must use 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde as the electrophile. The sulfone-alcohol VI may be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-alcohol II with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2O. The ketones VII and VIII may be prepared by the oxidation of the alcohols II and VI, respectively, with an oxidizing agent such as Mn02 in a solvent such as CH2Cl2. The sulfone-ketone VIII may also be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-ketone VII with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2O.
SCHEME 1 TABLE:
Ketones SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ar QSOõMe VII (n=O) VIII (n=2) Ar n Ketone Ar n Ketone ~ CH2 ~ CH2 F~ ~ 2 K1 H3C 'N 2 K7 NCH2 0 K2 H C~ 2 K8 N s 01,CH2 2 K3 2 K9 MeO2S
~U 2 K5 zz N 2 K10 H3C CH2 i CH2 H3~ S N 2 K6 H3c ~ N 2 K11 Ketone K1 (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)]phenyl ketone Ketone K1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a-78 C solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.5g, 16.4mmol) in THF (100ml) was added 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1.OM in THF, 19.7m1, 19.7mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 3h., and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgS04 and concentrated. The residue was then treated with Mn02 (28.6g, 330mmol) in CH2C12 (150m1) and the reaction was stirred at r.t.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield 2.6g of the (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-methylthio)phenyl] ketone compound Step 2: (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone To a solution of the sulfide - in other words, the (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone - from the present step 1(2.0g, 8.1 mmol) in THF/MeOHIH2O (80/40/40 ml) was added oxone (7.5g, 12.2mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Crystallization (CH2C12/Hexanes) yielded (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone, the K1 ketone compound, as a white solid.
Ketone K2 (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl) [4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K2 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a solution of N-methylimidazole (10.0g, 122mmo1) in 500mL THF
at -78 C was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 48.7ml, 118mmo1) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 30min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (14.73m1, 110mmo1) was then added at -78 C and the mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with NH4C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. Crystalisation (EtOAc/Hexanes) yielded (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol.
Step 2: (1-Methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the alcohol from the present step 1 (25.7g, 111mmo1) in EtOAc (250m1) and CH2C12 (250m1) was added Mn02 (140g, 1.66mo1) and the SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield ketone K2.
Ketone K3 (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone Ketone K3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol To a solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (1.0g, 6.5mmol) in THF
(20mL) at 0 C was added phenylmagnesium chloride (2M, THF, 3.5mL, 7.Ommol).
After 0.5h at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with Et20. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by stirring vigorously in hexane/Et2O and filtration yielded (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol as a white solid.
Step 2: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone was obtained by treating the (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol from the present step 1 with Mn02 as in step 2 of the procedure for K4 below.
Step 3: (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone To a solution of (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone from the present step 2 (0.98g, 4.3mmol) in CHC13 (lOmL) at 0 C was added mCPBA (m-chloroperbenzoic acid) (1.7g, 10mmo1). After 0.5h at r.t., Ca(OH)2 (1.7g, 23mmol) was added to the mixture which was stirred for lh. Filtration on Celite and concentration yielded ketone K3 as a white solid.
Ketone K4 (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K4 was prepared by the following procedure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 1: (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a-78 C solution of thiazole (5.0g, 58.7mmol) in THF (250m1) was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 23.5ml, 58.7mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 10min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.lml, 53.4mmol) was then added at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred until completion, and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4C1. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by flash chromatography (80% CH2C12/ 20% EtOAc) to yield (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol.
Step 2: (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1(10.0g, 42.1mmo1) in EtOAc (250m1) was added Mn02 (70g, 843mmo1) and the reaction was stirred at 25 C overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to form the K4lcetone compound.
Ketone K5 (1,3 -Thi azol-2-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone Ketone K5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of K4 (1,3 -Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl] ketone (8.2g, 34.7mmol) in THF/MeOH/H20 (350/175/175 ml) was added oxone (42.6g, 69.4mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The resulting mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated.
The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield of (1,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone.
Ketone K6 [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ketone K6 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a-78 C solution of thiazole (1.0g, 12.Ommol) in THF (100m1) was added n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3m1, 12.3mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78 C for 10min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.1m1, 53.4mmo1) was then added at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t.
10min.
and cooled at -78 C. Then n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3m1, 12.3mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at 25 C for 10min and quenched with acetone (3.Oml). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then treated with Mn02 (20.4g, 235mmol) in CH2ClZ (250m1) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc). Flash chromatography (90%CH2ClZ/10%EtOAc) yielded [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone.
Step 2: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the sulfide - that is, [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]lcetone - from present step 1(1.7g, 5.8mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (100/50/50 ml) was added oxone (7.1g, 11.5mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield ketone K6.
Ketone K7 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K7 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To solution of 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine (760mg, leq) in THF
(20mL) at -78 C, was added slowly n-butyllithium in hexane (1.1 eq). The solution was then stirred 30min. 4-(thiomethyl)benzaldehyde (738mg, l.leq) was then slowly added. The solution was warmed to rt. NH4Cl (sat.) was added, then water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated.
The (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol was obtained by precipitation with ether/hexane and was used without further purification for the next step.
Step 2: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K1 above but substituting the sulfide (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]lcetone as the starting material, (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K2 above but substituting the (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K7 was obtained.
Ketone K8 (5-Methyl-2-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K8 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone K9 Bis-[(4-methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K9 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 4-bromothioanisole for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine and using twice the amount of Oxone in the sulfide-oxidation step.
Ketone K10 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (2-Pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K10 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromopyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone Kll [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone Ketone K11 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a suspension of 2,5-dibromopyridine (5.12g, leq) in ether at -78 C, was added n-butyllithium in hexane (1.05eq) slowly. The resulting yellow-orange precipitate was strirred 30min. Then acetone (1.54m1, 1.05eq) was added. The solution was kept at -78 C for another 30min. n-Butyllithium in hexane (1.leq) was slowly syringed to the resulting orange suspension. The suspension was then stirred lh at -78 C. Following this, 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.85 ml, 1.1 eq.) was added. The resulting suspension was warmed to -35 C and quenched with a solution of NH4C1(sat.). Water and EtOAc were added and the organic layer dried over MgSO4, evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) to give [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylthio)phenyl] methanol.
Step 2: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure described above for step 2 of ketone K1 but substituting the sulfide - that is, [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl]
[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol - from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, [5-(1-Hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]lcetone Following the procedure described above for step 2 for lcetone K2 but substituting the [5-(1-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (1-methyl-lH-imidazol-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K11 was obtained.
The boronate compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 2 shown below:
Boronate Synthesis Br Br Ar P+Ph3Br SOnMe Ar xi VII or VIII MeOnS
IX (n=O) X (n=2) H3C~CH
O, B-O
~ NZ Ar MeO2S
XII
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Ketone (VII or VIII) Ar n Boronate (XII) K2 H2CA~N~ 0 B1 K4 H2C~S7 0 B2 The aryl bromides IX and X may be prepared by treatment of the benzyl phosphonium bromide XI with a base such as t-BuOK or LiH1VIDS in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by the addition of the lcetone VII or VIII to the reaction mixture. The sulfide in IX may be converted to the sulfone X by treatment with oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H20. The boronate ester XII can be prepared by heating the aryl bromide X with pinacol diborane in the presence of a base such as KOAc and a catalyst such as PdC12(dppf) in a solvent such as DMF.
Boronate B1 Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenylboronate Boronate B1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthi o)phenyl] ethene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (10.2g, 19.9mmol) in THF (200mL) and CH3CN (50mL) at 25 C was added t-BuOK
(1.OM in THF, 19.9mL, 19.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To this resulting ylide was then added at 25 C the ketone K2 (4.4g, 18.9mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 C for 2 days and quenched with NH4C1(sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated, and used directly in the next present step 2.
Step 2: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene To a solution of the crude sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (18.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (200/100/100 ml) was added oxone (23.2g, 37.8mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5%
Et3N) yielded (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene (single isomer) as a foam.
Step 3: Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl }phenylboronate A suspension of the bromide - that is, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene - from present step 2 (2.0g; 4.8mmol), pinacol diborane (1.5g ; 5.8mmol), KOAc (1.65g; 16.8mmol) and PdC12(dppf) (0.2g; 0.24mmol) in 50mL of DMF was stirred at 90 C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5%
Et3N) yielded boronate B1 as a foam.
Boronate B2 Pinacol 3-{ (E/Z)-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Boronate B2 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthi o)phenyl] ethene To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (44.5g, 86.9mmol) in THF (500mL) and DMF (200mL) at 0 C was added LiHMDS
(1.OM in THF, 86.9mL, 86.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To the resulting ylide was then added at 0 C the ketone K4 (18.6g, 79.0mmol). The mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with a NH4C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated.
Flash chromatography (CH2C12) yielded (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
Step 2: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene To a solution of the sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (24.8g, 63.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H20 (600/300/300 ml) was added Oxone (78.5g, 128mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was quenched with a NaHCO3 (sat), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene (3 to 2 mixture of isomers).
Step 3: Pinacol3-{ (E/Z)-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate A suspension of the bromide (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 2(15.0g, 35.7mmo1), pinacol diborane (10.9g, 42.8mmol), KOAc (12.3g, 125mmo1) and PdC12(dppf) (1.46g, 1.78mmol) in 350mL of DMF was stirred at 90 C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone, 9/1) yielded boronate B2 (3 to 1 mixture of isomers) as a foam.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Boronate B3 Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Boronate B3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methyl sulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate B1 but substituting the ketone K8 for ketone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethylene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
Step 2: Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate B1 but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B3 was obtained.
Boronate B4 Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Boronate B4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] -1- [4-(methyl sulf onyl)phenyl] ethene Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate B1 but substituting the ketone K11 for lcetone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 2: Pinacol3-{ (E)-2-(5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenylboronate Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate B1 but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-pyridinyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B4 was obtained.
The aryl bromide compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Schemes 3 and 4 shown below:
Oxadiazole Synthesis p-MeOPhOH + CI,,CN om p-MeOPhO,,,CN
Xllla I ~
MeO2S CO2H
N~OH XV
N R
RCN jl O11 -N
R'" NH2 MeO2S
XIII XIV XVI
R Oxadiazole (XVI) Me OX1 p-MeOPhOCH2 OX2 Referring to Scheme 3 above, the nitrile intermediate XIIIa may be prepared by the alkylation of 4-methoxyphenol with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent such as acetone. The amide-oxime XIV may be prepared by treatment of the nitrile XIII with hydroxyl amine in a SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) solvent such as methanol in the presence of a base such as sodium acetate.
Formation of the oxadizole XVI may be achieved by activation of the arylacetic acid XV
with carbonyldiimidazole in a solvent such as D1VIF followed by the addition of the amide-oxime XIV and subsequent heating of the reaction mixture.
Aryl Bromide Synthesis MeO2S Br Br Br XV
~~ I I
XVII MeO2S MeO2S
XVIIia (AB1) XVIIIb oxi R1 R2 Aryl Bromide (XVIIIb) Br H i-Pr AB2 11 NYCH3 H H AB3 Me02S O-N
XVliic (AB5) H t-Bu AB4 Referring to Scheme 4 above, condensation of the aldehyde XVII by heating with the arylacetic acid XV in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene produces the unsaturated acid XVIIIa. Formation of the acid chloride of XVIIla in situ by treatment with thionyl chloride and a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as toluene, is followed by the addition of an amine to the reaction mixture to yield the amide XVIIIb. The oxadiazole-ethene XVIIIc may SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) be formed by heating OX1 with XVII in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
Scheme 4 appendix Aryl Bromide Synthesis Br Br Br ~I
I
I~ COZH I~ C02Me I~
Me02S ~ Me02S ~ MeO2S OH
XVIIIa (AB1) XVIIId XVIIIe Br MeO2S ~ NMe2 XVIIIf (AB6) Referring to Scheme 4 appendix above, treatment of the acid XVIIIa with diazomethane in a solvent such as THF produces the methyl ester XVIIId.
Reduction of the ester XVIIId using DIBAL-H in a solvent such as THF gives the allylic alcohol XVIIIe. Conversion of the alcohol group in XVIIIe to a leaving group such as a mesylate using reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in a solvent such as THF, followed by displacement with a nucleophile such as dimethylamine in a solvent such as DMF produces the compound XVIIIf.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Aryl Bromide AB1 (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid Aryl Bromide AB1 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (12.9g, 70mmo1) in toluene (100mL) was added 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmo1) and piperidine (2mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the slurry thus formed, toluene was added (10 mL) . Filtration gave (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid as a white solid.
Aryl Bromide AB2 (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of AB1 (24.9g, 65mmo1) in toluene (250mL) was added thionyl chloride (14.3mL, 196mmo1) and triethylamine (34mL, 245nunol). After stirring at r.t.
for 0.5h., isopropyl amine (28mL, 327mmo1) was added. After a further 2h at r.t., the mixture was cooled to 0 C and was neutralised with saturated NH4Cl solution, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:1 to pure EtOAc) yielded (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide.
Aryl Bromide AB3 (E) -3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB3 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting ammonium hydroxide for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Aryl Bromide AB4 (E)-N-(t-Butyl)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB4 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting t-butyl amine for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
Aryl Bromide AB5 (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene Aryl Bromide AB5 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OX1): (3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methane To a solution of 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmo1) in DMF (300mL) at r.t., was added carbonyldiimidazole (12.5g, 77mmol). After 0.5h at r.t., acetamide oxime (5.7g, 77mrnol) was added. After stirring the resulting mixture overnight at r.t., the mixture was heated to 120 C for 6h. After cooling to r.t., the mixture was quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated.
Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:1) yielded (3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methane.
Step 2 (Scheme 4): (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethene To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (2.2g, 11.9mmo1) in toluene (30mL) was added the product from step 1(OX1) (3.0g, 11.9mmo1) and piperidine (0.4mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the resulting slurry, MeOH (30mL) was added. After further refluxing then cooling to 0 C, filtration gave (E)-1-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The Bromoquinolines utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 5 shown below:
Preparation of Bromoquinolines Br i1 ~ R1 Ri N ~ -~ N
Br Br Br XIX XXa XXb Br XXc Referring to Scheme 5 above and the Scheme 5 table below, treatment of the bromomethyl compound XIX with a nucleophile such as sodium methanesulfinate or potassium cyanide in a solvent such as DMF or a mixture of DMF and water can be used to produce the compounds XXa. The compound XXb may be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc may be prepared by treatment of XXb with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc (where Rl = CN) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (2.2 equivalents) and methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The compound XXc (where Rl = SO2Me) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.3 equivalents) and methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF, followed by an additional amount of methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) and an additional amount of the same base (1.0 equivalents).
Scheme 5 Table Bromoquinolines i qlrvl- R
Br XX
Ri R2 R3 Bromoquinoline (XX) SO2Me H H Q1 SO2Me Me H Q2 SO2Me Me Me Q3 CN Me Me Q5 Bromoquinoline Q1 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl- 8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q1 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF
(500mL) was added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (60g, 200mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and sodium methanesulfinate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (27.6g, 270mmol). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was quenched with H20 (2000mL), stirred for one hour, isolated by filtration and washed with Et20 to yield 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q2 6-[ 1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q1 (16.1g, 54mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78 C, was added potassium t-butoxide (59mL, 1N in THF). After 0.5h at -78 C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 45min and then transferred by canula dropwise into a solution of Mel (16.7mL, 268.3mmo1) in THF (160mL). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q3 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q2 (15.7g, 50mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78 C, was added potassium t-butoxide (55mL, 1N in THF). After stirring 0.5h at -78 C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 45min and then transfered dropwise into a solution of Mel (1'5.6mL, 250mmol) in THF (40mL) at 0 C. After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q4 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Bromoquinoline Q4 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF
(lOmL) and H20 (5mL) were added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (3g, lOmmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and potassium cyanide (1.6g, 25mmol). After heating at 100 C for 1 hour, the resulting mixture was quenched with H20 (100mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSOd), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q5 6-[ 1-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q4 (3g, 12.1mmo1) in THF (100mL) at -78 C, was added Mel (1.7mL, 27mmol) followed by potassium t-butoxide (27mL, 27mmol). After 2h at -78 C, the mixture was warmed to 0 C and was neutralised with saturated NH4Cl solution then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-[1-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
The Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 6 shown below:
Preparation of Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) HTOH C CHs H3C CHs R R
H3C 3 B(OH)2 I R N
N + ~ ' ~ OH ~ Br X
xx xxi xxii XXIII (X = Br) XXIV (X = OS02Me) HgC C''H3 Ri N
XXV
R1 R2 Benz. Phos. Reag.(XXV) H CH2P(Ph)3+Br P1 H CH2P(O)(OEt)2 P2 CN CH2P(O)(OEt)2 P3 The arylquinolines of the formula XXII may be prepared by coupling bromoquinoline XX with the boronic acid XXI by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as a DME. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the bromide XXIII by treatment with HBr (aq) in a solvent such as acetic acid. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the methyl sulfonate ester XXIV by methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane. The benzyl phosphorous reagents XXV may be prepared either by heating XXIII in the presence of PPh3 in a solvent such as acetonitrile or by treating XXIII or XXIV with diethylphosphite and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Benzylphosphonium Bromide Pl [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide Benzylphosphonium Bromide P1 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline A mixture of 6-isopropyl-8-Bromoquinoline (11.1g, 44.4mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852), 3-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (8.70g, 57.2mmol), Na2CO3 (2M, 71mL, 142mmo1) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2.51mg, 2.17mmol) in 280mL of DME was stirred at 80 C
for 5h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 1/1) and stirring in CH2ClZ/hexane (1/9) yielded 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline as a white solid.
Step 2: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline A suspension of the hydroxymethyl product compound from present step 1 (7.40g, 26.7mmol) in AcOH (50mL) and HBr (50mL, 48% aq) was stirred for 12h at 100 C. The mixture was cooled to r.t., poured into NaOH (2N) in ice, the pH
was adjusted to 8 and the mixture was diluted with ether. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to yield 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline as a yellow solid.
Step 3: [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide To a solution of the bromomethyl product compound from present step 2 (3.807g, 11.1mmo1) in 40mL of CH3CN was added triphenylphosphine (3.22g, 12.3mmo1). The mixture was stirred at 60 C for 12h, cooled to r.t., diluted with ether, filtered, and washed with ether to yield [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide.
Benzylphosphonate P2 Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Benzylphosphonate P2 was prepared by the following procedure. The bromomethyl compound from from step 2 above of the synthesis of Pl (11.34g, leq) was dissolved in THF (170mL). Diethylphosphite (3.87mL, 1.05eq) was added and the solution was cooled down to 0 C. Next, t-BuOK (3.87mL, 1N in THF) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred 2h and the quenched by addition of NH4C1(sat), water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 1/9) gave Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate as a clear oil.
Benzylphosphonate P3 Diethyl 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate Benzylphosphonate P3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-(1-Cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline Following step 1 described above of the procedure for Benzylphosphonium Bromide Pl, but substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for 6-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline as the starting material, 6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate To a solution of the alcohol6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline from present step 1 (5.15g, 17mmo1) in CH202 (150mL) at -78 C was added Et3N (3.6mL, 26mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride ("MsCl") (1.6mL, 2lmmol). After 0.5h at -78 C, the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate as a white foam.
Step 3: Diethyl3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To a solution of diethylphosphite (2.5mL, l8mmol) in THF (100mL) at -78 C was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 16mL, 16mmo1) and the mesylate compound 3-[6-(1-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate from present step 2(5.1g, 13.5mmol). After 0.5h at -78 C and 12h at r.t., the resulting mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4C1 solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (1120, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:4 to 1:10) yielded Diethyl3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate as an oil.
Benzyphosphorous Reagent - Ketone Coupling H3C CHs H3C H3 1 , R1 \ R VII N
N
R2 Rs MeS
Benz. Phos. Reag.
(XXV) XXVI
VIII
Ri N ~
Example (I) Compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared using the reaction pathways outlined in Scheme 7 above. The compound XXVI may be SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) obtained by adding a solution of the ketone VII in a solvent such as THF to a mixture of the benzylphosphorous reagent XXV and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF. The compounds corresponding to the formula I may then be prepared by treating XXVI with oxone in a mixture of solvents such as THF/MeOH/water. Alternatively the compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting the lcetone VIII with XXV in the presence of a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
Referring to Scheme 7 above and Table 1 below, the coupling of the ketones with the benzyl phosphorous reagents resulted in the tabulated Examples.
Tablel Benz. Phos. Reag. Ketone Example P2 Commercial 30 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Tablel Benz. Phos. Reag. Ketone Example Aryl Bromide - Bromoquinoline Coupling H C 3C CH3 HsC R2 3 ~CH3 Br O~B-O I ~ CH3 Bromoquinoline N
(XX) I ~ I ' I
R1 R1 Ri Me02S Me02S Me02S
Aryl Bromide Boronate Example (I) (XVIII) (used in situ) Referring to Scheme 8, compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared by in situ conversion of the aryl bromide XVIII to the corresponding boronate ester by heating with diboron pinacol ester, a catalyst such as [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and a base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as DMF, followed by the addition of the bromoquinoline XX, an additional amount of the same catalyst, an additional amount of a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) and an additional period of heating.
Referring to Scheme 8 above, Table 2 and Table 2 appendix below, the coupling of the Aryl Bromide with the Bromoquinoline resulted in the tabulated Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 2 Aryl Bromide Bromoquinoline Example Table 2 appendix Aryl Bromide Bromoquinoline Example Compounds of this invention can be prepared by following Scheme 9 shown below.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) i B(OH)2 R1 R
6"CHO N N XVI
XX X
CHO ~N
MeO2S ~ O OR2 R = p-MeOPh (Example 18) /xv R2=H
R1 R1 (Example 19) N IN
MeO2S MeO2S O
XXVIII Example (I) N~D Example 27 NH-Q Example 28 NH-~CH3 Example 29 Scheme 9 outlines the preparation of compounds of formula I where the aldehyde XXVII may be prepared by heating the bromoquinoline XX, 3-formylbenzeneboronic acid, a catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 and a base such as sodium SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as DME. The aldehyde XXVII may be converted to Example 18 by heating with XVI in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. Example 19 may be obtained by treatment of Example 18 with cerric ammonium nitrate ("CAN") in a mixture of solvents such as acetonitrile/water. Alternatively the aldehyde XXVII may be converted to the unsaturated acid XXVIII by heating with XV and a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. The acid XXVIII may then be converted to the amide I
(Example 27, 28 and 29) by treatment with a coupling system such as EDCI, HOBt, and an amine in a solvent such as DMF.
Compounds of this invention can be prepared by coupling Bromoquinoline compounds with Boronate compounds according to Scheme 10 below.
Bromoquinoline-Boronate Coupling H3C \--,CH3 c~r CR ;Ool Br 1Ar Ar MeO2S MeO2Bromoquinoline (XX) Boronate Example (I) (XII) Scheme 10 describes how compounds of formula I may be obtained by coupling the bromoquinoline XX with the boronate ester XII in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as n-propanol. Referring to Table 3, the coupling of the Bromoquinoline with Boronate resulted in the tabulated Examples.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 3 Bromoquinoline Boronate Example EXAMPLES 1 and 2 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (Z/E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-phenylethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
I \ ( \
H3C,S
~/'Ii Example 1 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ~ \ \ CH3 N
\ / \
S,CH3 O O
Example 2 Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of benzylphosphonate P2 (330mg, 0.83mmol) and ketone K3 (200mg, 0.77mmol) in THF (6mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 0.83mL, 0.83mmol). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with Et20. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 7:3) produced Examples 1 and 2 as white foams with one product being less polar than the other product. Example 1 was the less polar Z-isomer and Example 2 was the more polar E-isomer.
Example 1: NMR 'H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.79 (q, 1H), 8.28 (q, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.6-7.1 (m, 14H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
Example 2: NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.78 (q, 1H), 8.25 (q, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.39-7.2 (m, 8H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-{ 3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 S _/ N
N
~N
\ I ~ \
S,CH3 O
0 Example 3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a suspension of the benzylphosphonium bromide Pl (320mg, 0.531mmo1) in 2.5mL THF at -78 C
was added t-BuOK (1.OM in THF, 0.55mL, 0.55mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred 30min at 0 C . To this ylide at -78 C was then added ketone K5 (122mg, 0.455mmol) in 2mL of THF dropwise. The mixture was warmed to r.t., then stired for lh, quenched with a NH4C1(sat.) and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated.
Flash chromatography (Silica cartridge, Hex/EtOAc 10 to 100% in 20min) yielded Example 3 (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
NMR 1H (500MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.79-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, 0.4H, minor), 7.78 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.73-7.47 (m, lOH), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.34 (t, 0.6H, major), 7.27 (t, 0.4H, minor), 7.18 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.09 (d, 0.4H, minor), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 1.8H, major), 2.99 (s, 1.2H, minor), 1.36-1.33 (m, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) MS (M+1) 511.
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
O I ~ -.N
N
H3C"
Example 4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline Following the procedure for Example 3 but substituting the ketone K2 for K5 as the starting material, 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline Following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate B1 (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in the present step 1 for SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E/Z)-2-(3-B romophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-1- [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, Example 4 was obtained.
NMR 1H (500 MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.77 (dd, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.71(d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, 6H).
MS: (m+2): 509.4 EXAMPLES 5 and 6 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N
OO
Example 5 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ~ \ \ CH3 N
F S=p -CHg Example 6 Examples 5 and 6 were prepared by the following procedure.
Following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K1 for K3 as the starting material, and purification by flash chromatography (50%EtOAc/50%Hexanes) yielded Examples 5 and 6.
1VMR 'H (500MHz in acetone-d6) Example 5: Major (Z) isomer: a 8.78 (dd, 1H), 8.25 (dd, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, 2H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
NMR 'H (500MHz in acetone-d6) Example 6: Minor (E) isomer: a 8.78 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (dd, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (dd, 1H), 7.35-7.15 (m, 9H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-(2- { (E/Z)-2- [3 -(6-i sopropyl-8 -quinolinyl)phenyl] -1- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl } -1, 3-thi azol-5-yl)-2-propanol I \ \ CH3 N OH
N S
\ I / \
S,CH3 O O
Example 7 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 as the starting material. Purification by flash chromatography (100%EtOAc) yielded Example 7 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 'H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.80 (m, 1H), 8.30 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d(major), 1.44H), 7.93 (d(minor), 0.55H), 7.85 (s(major), 0.72H), 7.77 (s,(minor), 0.28H), 7.75-7.45 (m, 7H) 7.35 (t(minor), 0.28H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.72H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.28H), 7.10 (d(major), 0.72H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s(minor), 0.84), 2.99 (s(major), 2.16H), 1.60 (m, 6H), 1.35 (m, 6H).
MS (m+l): 569.6 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-[8-(3- { (E/Z)-2-[5-(1-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile H3C ~ N
I \ \ H3 CH3 CH
N
N S OH
\ / \
,CH3 O
Example 8 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 and the benzyl phosponate P3 for P2 as the starting materials. Purification by flash chromatography (20%CH2Cl2/80%EtOAc) yielded Example 8 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (m, 1H), 8.45 (m, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.55 (m, XH), 7.40 (t(minor), 0.43H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.57H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.43H), 7.10(d(major), 0.57H), 4.67 (s,(major), 0.57H), 4.63 (s(minor), 0.43H), 3.15 (s(minor),1.3H), 2.99 (s(major), 1.7H), 1.90 (m, 6H), 1.65 (s,(major), 3.4H), 1.45 (s(minor), 2.6H).
MS (m+1): 594.6 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[ 8-(3- { (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile N
N
N
0~ N -Example 9 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K2 for K3 and the benzyl phosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
Step 2: 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile, Example 9, was prepared by following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate B1 (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in present step 1 for (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material. Example 9 was obtained after purification by flash chromatography (97%EtOAc/3%Et3N).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 'H (400MHz in acetone-d6) c7 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.60-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 6H).
MS (m+1): 533.3 6-[ 1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl }quinoline O 0 ~CH3 S
~ \ \ CH3 N
N
U
0~ 0:s Example 10 was prepared by the following procedure. A mixture of bromoquinoline Q2 (105mg, 0.33mmol), boronate B2 (236mg, 0.51mmol), Na2CO3 (2M, 0.65mL, 1.3mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (6.3mg, 0.028mmo1) and PPh3 (28mg, 0.1 lmmol) in 4mL of n-propanol was stirred at 90 C for 2h. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone; 4/1) and stirring in Hexane/EtOAc yielded Example 10 (single isomer) as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1V1VIlZ 'H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.39 (dd, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 4.67 (q, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H) MS (M + 1) 576.
6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline I \ \ CH3 ~ /
N
/ I
\
O~ ~ / S Z
N
I
\ ~
D;S
Example 11 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and using boronate B2.
Flash chromatography (Tol/Acetone; 9/1) and stirring in EtOAc/Hex yielded Example 11 (single isomer) as a white solid.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.02-7.99 (d, 3H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H) MS (M+1) 523.
8-(3-{ (Z)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline O ~ ,CH3 ~ \ \ CH3 N
/-~
N NCHs \ I / \
S~CH3 Example 12 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 using the bromoquinoline Q2 but substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%CH2ClZ/5%EtOH) yielded the Example 12 compound.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.70 (q, 1H), 3.40 (s, 311), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (d, 3H).
MS (m+l): 572.4 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 8-(3-{ (Z)-2-(1-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methyl sulfonyl)ethyl] quinoline O ~ CH3 ~ \ \ CH3 N
~~
N ~ N,CH3 \ I / \
O O
Example 13 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting the bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting the boronate B1 for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5% Et3N) produced Example 13 (single isomer) as a foam.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone-d6) a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.69 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H).
MS (m+l): 586.2 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) EXAMPLES 14 and 15 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline "
S.CH3 I \ \ O
N\-CH3 O S O_N/
H3C' Example 14 ~ \ \ CH3 N H3 ~-- N
N O
O'~
Example 15 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 14 and 15 were prepared by the following procedure. A
solution of the aryl bromide AB5 (249mg, 0.57mmol), diboron pinacol ester (167mg, 0.66mmol), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmo1) and potassium acetate (176mg, 1.8mmo1) in DMF (N,N-Dimethylformamide) (10mL) was degassed and stirred at 80 C for 3h. To that resulting mixture at 25 C was then added the bromoquinoline Q3 (150mg, 0.46mmol), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmo1) and sodium carbonate (0.6mL, 2M). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. The mixture was then cooled to r.t. quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc:Et3N, 22:68:10 then hexane:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded both isomers (Example 14 and Example 15).
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) Major(E) isomer (Example 14): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 8.00 (d, 2H), 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
MS (M+1): 588.2 Minor(Z) isomer (Example 15): a 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.75 (in, 3H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.58 (q, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H) 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 311), 2.00 (s, 6H).
MS (M+1): 588.2 Alternatively, Example 14 can be made by the following procedure:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) glycerol FeSO4 MeSOzOH I\ A~N Br I
gr S03Na NBS N CH3~
NH2 Br Br B(OH)2 I S02Me / MeI \ S02Me N / t-BuONa / Pd/C CHO
Br N
Br I \ \ S
S02Me \ N
N
LNL]
N piperidine Me02S
\ CHO 1. EDC/HOBt N
N--NOH Me02S
2 lI
/ \NH2 Example 14 PhSO20H
OH
O
MeO2S
Benzenesulfonic acid salt SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 1. Skraup Reaction glycerol m-N02PhSO3Na MsOH ct~ix Br NH2 Br To methanesulfonic acid (8-10 equiv) at 20 C was added sodium m-nitrobenzenesulfonate (0.6-0.8 equiv), followed by iron sulfate heptahydrate (0.01-0.05 equiv). To the resulting mixture was added 2-bromo-4-methylaniline (1 equiv).
Glycerol (2-3 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was heated at 120-140 C and aged until the reaction was complete.
The mixture was cooled to 70-90 C and diluted with water. The solution was then cooled to about 20 C, and neutralized with aqueous NaOH and sodium bicarbonate. MTBE (methyl t-butyl ether) was added and the mixture was filtered and the phases were separated (the product was in the MTBE layer).
Step 2. Bromination \ AIBN I Br NBS N
Br Br SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The MTBE solution from step 1 was solvent switched to chlorobenzene. After filtered through Silica gel and partially concentrated, N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 0.6-0.8 equiv) and 2,2'-azobisisobutylnitrile (AIBN, 0.01-0.1 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at 55-85 C. The resulting mixture was diluted with cyclohexane. Additional NBS (0.3-0.5 equiv) and AIBN
(0.01-0.05 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at about 55-85 C
until reaction completed. The mixture was cooled at 10-40 C and diluted with cyclohexane and aged. The solid was isolated by filtration.
Step 3. Sulfone Formation (1H3SO2Na (1sO2Me N
Br Br To a solution of bromomethyl-bromoquinoline (product from previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was added powdered sodium methanesulfinate (1.0-1.5 equiv) at 10-60 C. The mixture was heated at about 50-70 C for 30min. The mixture was diluted with water while maintaining temp at about 50-70 C with vigorous stirring, then cooled to about 10-20 C and aged.. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed sequentially with 1:4 DMF/water and then water and dried.
Step 4. Methylation H
SO2CHg NaOtBu I\ \ S02CHg NaOtBu (N) MeI, DMF N MeI, DMF Br Br Br SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A solution of the sulfone (product from the previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was cooled to about -10 to 0 C. Sodium t-butoxide (-1 equiv) was added. A
solution of methyl iodide/DMF solution (-1 equiv of Mel) was added slowly while maintaining temperature at about -10 to 0 C.
A second portion of solid sodium t-butoxide (- 1 equiv) was added, followed by methyl iodide/DMF solution (-1 equiv) was added while maintaining the temperature at -5 to 10 C (Additional base and Mel may be added if the reaction was not completed). The reaction was quenched by adition of water and the product crystallized, which was isolated and dried.
Step 5. Suzuki Coupling SO2CHg B(OH)2 Pd/C I\ \ SO2CHg + N
Br ~ CHO K2C03/DMF
CHO
To a solution of the sulfone from the previous step (1 equiv) was added Pd/C (5 or 10 w%, 0.005-0.1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2-3 equiv), and 3-formyl phenylboronic acid (1-2 equiv). The degassed reaction mixture was heated at 60-120 C until the reaction was complete. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with water. The product crystallized and was isolated by filtration and dried.
Step 6. Oxadiazole ~ OH 1. EDC/HOBt I ~ N
HOI~ j Me02S ~ 0 2. i Me02S ~ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To the mixture of hydroxy benzotriazole ("HOBt") hydrate (1-1.5 equiv), 4-methylsulfonylphenylacetic acid (1 equiv) in acetonitrile was added EDC
hydrochloride (1-1.5 equiv). The sluiry was aged at about 20-30 C for 30min.
Other N-OH compounds, such as N-hydroxyphthalimide, 2-hydroxypyridine N-oxide, N-hydroxysuccinimide, can also. be used to replace HOBt.
Other carbodiimides, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and diisopropylcarbodiimide can be used to replace EDC hydrochloride (ethyl dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide hydrochloride).
To the slurry was added acetamide oxime (1-1.5 equiv). The resulting mixture was then heated at reflux until the reaction was complete. The resulting solution was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate. To the resulting mixture was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The solution was solvent switched to 2-propanol and product crystallized upon cooling, which was isolated and dried.
Step 7. Condensation to form Example 14 (<O2Me N
S02Me N piperidine N + Me02S 1 -~ \
/ ~ ' \ I O
CHO N
Me02S
To a slurry of the aldehyde from step 5 above (1 equiv) in 2-propanol was added the oxadiazole from step 6 above (1-1.5 equiv), followed by piperidine (0.2-1.5 equiv).
In place of 2-propanol, other solvents such as, for example, D1VIF, acetonitrile, 1-propanol, toluene, esters, and other alcohols. Piperidine serves as a basic initiator. In place of piperidine, other amine bases, especially secondary amines, can be used.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The resulting mixture was heated at reflux over molecular sieves until reaction completed. After cooling, the product was isolated by filtration and dried.
EXAMPLES 16 and 17 (E/Z)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-N-isopropyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide I \ \ ~
N
N
H
O~ 0 I
NY CHs ,S CH3 Example 16 ( \ \ CH3 N
C N--C
Th:c I H3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 17 Examples 16 and 17 were prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials. Examples 16 and 17 were obtained as a 4:1 mixture.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6) Major(E) isomer (Example 16): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 214), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 4 H), 7.45 (s, 111), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1 H), 6.71 (bd, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H) 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.12 (d, 6H).
MS (M+1): 538.3 Minor(Z) isomer (Example 17): c9 8.93 (dd, 1H), 8.48 (dd, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.94 (m, 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.70 (dd, 2H), 7.59 (q, 114), 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H) 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 6H), 1.04 (d, 6H).
MS (M+1)': 538.3 8-(3-{ (E)-2-{ 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I \ \ O
O\N
S
O N/ H3C" "
Example 18 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile A mixture of 4-methoxyphenol (lOg, 80mmo1), chloroacetonitrile (7.OmL, 11 lmmol) and K2C03 (26g, 188mmo1) in acetone (150 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 18h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 4:1) to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile as a clear oil.
Step 2 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime A mixture of the (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile product (5.Og, 31mmo1) from step 1, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.3g, 62mmol) and sodium acetate (5.1g, 62mmol) in MeOH (100mL) was stirred at r.t. for 2h. The resulting mixture was filtered on Celite , concentrated, stirred in CHC13 for 18h and filtered. The resulting solution was concentrated to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime as a gum.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 3 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OX2): 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-5- [4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazole 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-5- [4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl] -1,2,4-oxadiazole was prepared following the procedure as described in Scheme 3 for step 1(OXl) but substituting the (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime from step 2 above for acetamide oxime and heating the reaction at 90 C for 6h.
Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) yielded the desired material as a pale brown solid.
Step 4: 3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }benzaldehyde To bromoquinoline Q3 (10.1g, 30.9mmol) 3-formylbenzeneboronic acid (5.8g, 38.7mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0) (2.1g 1.86mmol) and sodium carbonate (39mL, 2M ) was added DME (330mL). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. After cooling to r.t. the resulting mixture was quenched with H20, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } benzaldehyde.
Step 5: 8-(3-{ (E)-2-{ 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] quinoline A mixture of the product from present step 4 (150mg, 0.42mmol), the oxadiazole OX2 from present step 3 above (175mg, 0.47mmol) and piperidine (0.1mL, l.Ommol) in toluene (0.6mL) was heated at 120 C for 3h. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) to yield Example 18 as a foam.
1VMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) 8 8.90 (q, 1H), 8.42 (q, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.75-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
(5-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol I \ \ O
. / ~
O\
N
HO~ I ~ N /
C~S s O OH
Example 19 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of the Example 18 compound (250mg, 0.35mmo1) in acetonitrile:water (4:1, 8 mL) was added CAN (330mg, 0.62mmol) in two portions at r.t. After 3h at r.t., the mixture was diluted with saturated NaHCO3 solution, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:7) yielded (5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol as a pale yellow foam.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.90 (q, 1H), 8.42 (q, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.73-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, 1H), 7.38 (t, 111), 7.23 (d, 1H), 4.67 (m, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }
phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide ~S,CH3 I \ \ O
Nr p Example 20 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5, and using the bromoquinoline Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.71 (bd, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H) 2.9 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.13 (d, 6H).
MS(M+1): 591.3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid N
I \ \ \
i /
N
/ I
\
I OH
~ \
OS / O
H3C" \O
Example 21 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB1 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Methanol) a 8.8 (dd, 1H), 8.38 (dd, 1H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
MS (M-C02): 451.4 (negative ion).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile I \ \ ~
N
N
O\
O\ N /N
S
H3C ' CH3 Example 22 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5 and substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.1 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 7.71 (t, 3H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.56 (q, 111), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H) MS (M+1): 535.2 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide N
~ \ \ \
N
OS o H3C~ ~0 Example 23 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB3 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained.
1V1VIR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 4H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.6 (bs, 1H), 6.7 (bs, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-{ 3-[6-(1-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl }-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenami de ( \ \ ~
N
~ /
N
/ I
\
~ N CH3 \ CH3 O~ I / O CH3 H3C-S'-0 Example 24 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting, the aryl bromide AB4 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 'H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) c7 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.58 (m, 5H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.4 (bs, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
MS(M+1)553.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid ~ \ \ CH3 N
I OH
,~ o H3C-S-~10 Example 25 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB1 for AB5, and 5-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication W09422852) for Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) 7 8.69 (dd, 1H), 8.26 (dd, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, 2H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS(M+1)472.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ CH3 N /
/ I
\
~
O
\ I .
O~ N
~ / N ~
H3C-S'~*O ~
Example 26 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5, and substituting 5-isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication W09422852) for as the starting materials.
1VMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) 8 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.73 (m, 3H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.47 (q, 1H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H) 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS (M+l) 510.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] -1-(1-pyrroli dinyl)-2-propen-1-one gCH3 ~1\\
0 \ N
O
H3C-S"0 >
Example 27 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid A mixture of 3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}benzaldehyde from step 4 of Example 18 (2.33g, 6.60mmo1), 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl acetic acid (1.71g, 7.98mmol) and piperidine (0.20m1, 1.98mmol) in lOmL of toluene was refluxed for 2 days. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with CH2ClZ, subjected to flash chromatography (CH2Cl2/EtOAc/AcOH, 50/50/1) and finally stirred with (Et20/CH2CI2) and isolated to give (E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid (single isomer) as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.39 (dd, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 4.67 (q, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H).
MS (M + 1) 576.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Step 2: (E)-3-(3-{ 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen-l-one A mixture of (E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid (104mg, 0.19mmo1) from the present step 1 above, pyrrolidine (24 L, 0.29mmol), EDCI (1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride) (55mg, 0.29mmol) and HOBt (1-Hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate) (34mg, 0.25mmol) in lml of DMF was stirred at r.t. for 12h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with NH4C1 (sat), H20 (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Stirring in EtOAc/Hex yielded Example 27 as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.88 (dd, 1H), 8.40 (dd, 111), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.98 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H) 7.55-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.34 (t, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.03 (bs, NH) 3.58 (bs, 2H), 3.44 (bs, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H) 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.88 (bs, 4H).
MS (M + 1) 603.
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide ~ [\\
N OO
H
N
O~ 0 H3C,S~"~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 28 was prepared by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting cyclopropyl amine for pyrrolidine, thus yielding a white solid.
NMR 1H (400 MHz, acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 114), 8.41 (dd, 1 H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.94 (bs, 1H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 0.67-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.45 (m, 2H).
MS(M+1)589.
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide ~]~-, ~CH3 ~~ O CH3 H3C-S,:~10 Example 29 was prepared as a white solid by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting t-butyl amine amine for pyrrolidine.
NMR 'H (400MHz, acetone-d6): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.43 (bs, 1H), 2.94 (s, 314), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 911) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) MS (M+l) 606.
8- { 3-[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl }-6-isopropylquinoline itc, CH3 C
I Example 30 was prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of the benzylphosphonate P2 (100mg, 0.25mmol), 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone (63mg, 0.25mmo1),) in THF (2mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (1M, THF, 0.35mL, 0.35mmo1). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water/NH4.C1 and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H20), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 8:2) yielded Example 30 as a white foam.
NMR 'H (300MHz, acetone-d6) a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.48-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H) 3.13 (hept, 1H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline CH3H3C "
Js Example 31 I \ \ CH3 N
I \ I N
O;S CH3 Example 32 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 31 and 32 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K7 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
1VMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 31): a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.27 (dd, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.57-7.43 (m, 7H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.15 (hept, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
(Z) isomer (Example 32): c9 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.61-7.30 (m, 10H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.11 (hept, 1H), 1.35 (d, 6H).
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline I \ \ CH3 N ~
/
\
N I
~ \ ~ \
C / / S: 0 Hs 0 Example 33 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) CFi3o;S 3 j CHg Example 34 Examples 33 and 34 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NNIR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 33): a 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H), 7.99-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.61-7.44 (m, 6H), 7.27 (t, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 3.15 (hept, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
NMR 'H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 34): a 8.79 (dd, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.42-7.23, (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.12 (hept, 1H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 8-(3-{ 2,2-bis [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] vinyl } phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline ( \ \ CH3 N ~
/ I
\
~
\ \
0;S S~
O1- I / I / ~CH3 Example 35 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.80 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (dd, 1H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 3.14 (hept, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97(s, 3H), 1.35 (d, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile I
Ni / ~ N
H \ \ ~
/ I
\
N
I ~ I \
/ / S:O
C O
Example 36 N
HIN
O O%S 3 Example 37 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Examples 36 and 37 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 36): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, 1H) 7.57-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
NMR 1H (300NIHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 37): a 8.89 (dd, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.42 (m, 2H) 7.30 (t, 111), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H).
2-[8-(3-{ 2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl }phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile H3C CHs I \ \ ~
N
N
\
O_~ I / ~ / ~CH3 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 38 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.44 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 211), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.61 (d, 2H) 7.58-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H).
2-methyl-2-(8-{ 3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl }-6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile N
O
/ O
Example 39 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K10 for 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6): 7 8.90 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, 1H), 8.11-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, 1H) 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H) SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 6-[ 1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3- { (E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }phenyl)quinoline ~ \ \ "o N / C/ CHs / I
\
N I
~ \ ~ \ ~O
H3C / / ~S"'CH
Example 40 ~ \ \ S5~,o N 0~ CH3 N
H3C'S' CH3 O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 41 Examples 41 and 42 were prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B3 for boronate B2.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 40): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.01-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, 1H) 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 6H).
1VMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) (Z) isomer (Example 41): c9 8.88 (dd, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.94 (d, 114), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 514), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 114), 7.06 (d, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
2-(6-{ (E)-2-(3-{ 6-[1-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl }phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl }-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol gCH3 I I O
N O
N
S~
HO CH3 ~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 42 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate for boronate B2.
1VMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6): a 8.91 (dd, 1H), 8.80 (d, 1H), 8.42 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.03-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.58-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 31=1), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.56 (s, 6H).
N
N I
S
p/I
Example 43 was prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB6 for and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
Additional Examples are the following:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O~
N~ S
\ / \
S
O/ p O
gl ~
I IO
N
O
\ / \
S
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI /
I O
O~ S
S
0~0~
S
o~
N /
O N
S
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ S/
0 O\ N
\S \
/ \O
\ \ /S\
OO \O
N
O I I
//\\
O O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) /S\
p ~O
N
I I O
S
OO
/S~
O/ \O
N
S N S
//\\ II II
O O N N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) /S\
~0 N S
O O N
/S~
0/ \0 \ N/
N
~
S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) IS~
0 ~0 N
\S /
O~ ~O
N
O I o S
/ \O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ /S\
I O~ \O
I N
I O
S
O/ O
S I-Il'O
( / p \
N
I O
O N
\ I N /
\S
~O O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I O
N
O O
S
I O O
N
O
O~S~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S ~O
O
N
O N
\ ~N
I O
\S
S
N
OS
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Sl ,,-I / lO
N
O I O
S
/ \O
\ \ S~ O
p N
O I
~ N I O
\ S/
O O// \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI /
(O
O I
\ \ ~
I N
/==\
N
/
\ / \
S
OO
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N S
\ / \
O~ O
I N
N
( S /
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N O
N
ss o~ \
N
O
I
S
0//o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
o I s~
o,Z~As N
O~S
S
O%~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
O~g--/
N ~
N
N
N
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ ~ N
N
\ / \
S
O~o~
N
N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O
S~
~O
N
\N / -N
N----O S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N / \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O_ N+
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I O
N ro N
F F
O
F
)-"
O O F
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
F
I N co SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I N
N
/ p\ S \ /
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ ~ \
I I
N
\ ~ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
O
\ / \
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
+
O Na N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I / .
\ / ~N
O
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) / \ N
I O
N
/ O O\~
\ / \
I N+
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ / N \
N / ~N
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N
/ N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
) O
N
O N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N+/O-N
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O O- Na+
\ / \
I N+
N N-N
N. N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N / N-N
N N
N
N
N O
I N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) / O O
S
N
/ N O~N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I N
N
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ ~ \
I N /
N
O N~
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
I N
N
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O N I
\ / \
N+
-~ O-\
N
N O
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N O
N O-~
N
N O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
I O
S
N N
N O
O
S":-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I ~N
/
S
'N
NI N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N.-N
N N
I
N
/N
S
N
/ II
O
S~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ / \ N
N_ //
N / N
N N-N
N N
I
\ / \
I O
S
O //
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N-N
N~ N
N+
-~ O"
I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
F I
O~ O
N
F
\ ~ \
s O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F /
s O~ O
N
\ / \
O I
S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
S
O/ \O
N N-N
N N--_ \ / \
S
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N-N
N /N
s O~//~O
N
N
SO
~
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
O N
S O
~
O
//
N
I I
CI S
O~ \O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) I I
S CI
O/ \O
\ / \
O//~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
N
O~ ~O
S I
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I I / / S
O/ O
N
I I
\S / /
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F I I
S
F p/ O
F
S F
F
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O I I
S
O
O
O/ \O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
I I
S
~ p~ O
I S~
N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
o N / \
~ 1\ N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ S I O
CI O~I
N
N
I ~ I O
N s O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S CI
o ~ ~ ~ I I
\ \ oi fct SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
iiLo \
N
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
I O
F
N \
/
I O~
N
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
\ / \
V I
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
O~ O
N I .
S I
O~S~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N S
s O~ ~O
N~
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Q
N ~ O
N~ S
s O~ ~O
N /
N~ S
\ / \
O ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
S ~
~ I I
S
O
N
S /N
s O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ / \
s 0~0~
N
\ / \
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
N
S
N
. / \
N. S
\ / \
O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ S
NI
N
S
\ IN I
S
O/\O
N
O O
\ / \
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F F
F
F
O
F F
O
S
0~l F F
F
F
O
F F
N -N
N O
S
0~0~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N N
N O
\ / \
S
O~~O
N N
N O
\ / \
Op~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
/ O O
O
I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S \
N
S
O/ O
O
S
NI
N
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
-QS
O
~ ~
/ /
N
/
I
I O
O I
O ~S / N
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
S
OO~~
F F
F
~ ~ F
I O F
/ / F
N
/ O N
I
\ /
S
O~o~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
\ / \
N
N
/
N S
s O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
S
041o~
N
N S
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F F
F
F
F
F F
S \
N
S
N / N S
\ / \
O~ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N -N
N O
S
p o~
O
N
S N
S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) \ \ O
~ / .
N
S N
\ / \
s O/ O
O
N ~
S /N
\ / \
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
N S
\ / \
O~ ~O
/ \ \
I N
N ~
N S
\ / \
s O~ ~O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) NS
I ~ O
N
O \ I NI ~
~S
~ S .
\S / N ~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
II
O N~
I / ' I
/ O N
I&S
O~o~
N
N
I
S
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O
\ / \
S
0~0~
O'S
N
S N
\ / \
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N/\ 1S
S O
N-N
N N
N N
N O
S
0~~0 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
S
N
N N
N O
S
0~I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
N
N
O N
S
0~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N
O I
S
\ \ ~
N
N ~
S /N
S
O/ O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
N /
N' S I O
S
O
O,--s~
\ \ \
N
N' \
S I O
O
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) F
O
N
S
pO~
O
S~ /
I IO
N N
N O
S
pp~l I
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) S
O~
N S
s O55~S
I O
N
N S
S
O~ p SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) O
SI
I / lO
N
O
\ / \
S
O
Ig/
I IO
/ p N
\ / \
O/IO
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 0 O, O
\ / \
S
O~ O
O CI N
I
N
I / CI
I
S
O
% N
O-:~S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N
O
N
N
N
ON
S
O
Salts of the Examples As discussed above, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are often desirable. Examples of such salts are described below:
General Method for Salt Preparation Salts of the compounds of this invention that are basic may be prepared in several ways:
a) The compound is dissolved in acceptable solvent such as ethyl acetate. An acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid in an acceptable solvent such as 1,4-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) dioxane is then added. The precipitated salt slurry is aged and the salt is then isolated by filtration.
b) The compound and an acceptable acid such as benzenesulfonic acid are dissolved in an acceptable solvent such as isopropyl acetate or in a mixture of solvents such as isopropyl acetate and methanol. The salt may then be isolated by concentration or a solvent switch, leading to precipitation, followed by filtration. The more stable crystal form of the salt may be obtained by equilibration of the precipitated salt slurry by heating and aging prior to filtration. Seed crystals from previous batches may also be added prior to equilibration of the salt slurry, to initiate the process of crystallization and equilibration.
The sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.00 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, sulfuric acid (1.04 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring.
The resulting suspension was stirred a further 40 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, 1H), 9.23 (d, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.16 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
The methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, methanesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred, allowed to concentrate by evaporation and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ether to give the methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, 1H), 9.32 (d, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.22 (t, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.49 (m, 214), 7.35 (d, 1H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
p-TOLUENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOLTND
The p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly. The solution was concentrated and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 3 days. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound).
mp 184-185 C.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.58 (d, 1H), 9.22 (d, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.16 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
The 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the coinpound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate.
After cooling to room temperature, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly, followed by ethanol. Toluene was then added to the solution, followed by concentration. More toluene was then added and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 24h. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with toluene to give the 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound.
mp 202-204 C.
1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.64 (d, 1H), 9.30 (d, 1H), 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.23 (m, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, 2H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.72 (dd, 1H), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.43 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 6H).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in ethyl acetate with heating and sonication.
After cooling the solution to room temperature, HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1.0 equiv) was added while stirring. The suspension was stirred for a further 5 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the mono-hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound.
The benzenesulfonic acid salt of the Example 14 compound is available in two crystalline forms ("Form A" and "Form B"). The forms are produced by the following procedures:
Salt Formation (Ii>SO2Me (SO2Me N / _ Ethyl Acetate N
/
+ HO3S~ ~ + 03S ~ ~
methanol / I
/ I
\ \
\ I O1 N \ I Ol N
I / N~ I / N~
MeOZS Me02S
Form A
To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added benzenesulfonic acid (1-1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of ethyl acetate. Methanol was added and the resulting mixture was heated until the solid dissolved. Other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of the methanol.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) The resulting solution was filtered and concentrated. The product crystallized during concentration. The resulting mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and aged. The yellow solid was collected by filtration.
HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6-[I-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-I,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid.
m.p. by DSC: 193 C.
The X-ray Powder Diffraction ("XRPD") Spectrogram for the Form A
is shown in Fig. 2. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 5.
Peaks Identifying Form A
Polymorph ( 2Theta) 10_0 19.5 21.4 22.4 30.5 Form B
To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in a mixture of isopropyl acetate (i-PzOAc) and methanol (1:1) was added benzenesulfonic acid (1-1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of i-PrOAc and other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of methanol. The mixture was aged at 50 C until the solids dissolved. The resulting solution was filtered and distilled while the volume was maintained by addition of a 9:1 (v/v) mixture of i-PrOAc/methanol. The product crystallized during the distiIlation.
The resulting mixture was aged at 20 - 70 C for 2-10 h to ensure complete formation of Form B. The resulting off-white solid was isolated by filtration and dried.
HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid.
m.p. by DSC: 210 C
The XRPD Spectrogram for the Form B is shown in Fig. 3. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 6. The spectra are compared in Fig. 4 with the identifying peaks pointed out by arrows.
Peaks Identifying Form B
Polymorph ( 2Theta) 14.4 17.7 20.0 20.2 23.7 28.9 Other variations or modifications, which will be obvious to those slalled in the art, are within the scope and teachings of this invention. This invention is not to be limited except as set forth in the following claims.
Claims (25)
1. A compound represented by Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a H, OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl group, -cycloC3-C6alkyl group, -C2-C6alkenyl group, -C1-C6alkoxy group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl group, -amino group, -C1-C6alkylamino group, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino group, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl group, -C(O)NH(aryl) group, -C(O)NH(heteroaryl) group, -SO n NH(aryl) group, -SO n NH(heteroaryl) group, -SO n NH(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, -NH-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl)group, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-CH(CN)-dialkylamino group, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, or-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl group, heteroaryl group, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl group, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy group, NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, -CN, N-oxide, -OH, or an aryl, heteroaryl, -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) or -CH2-O-C6H5-OCH3;
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system;
R4 is an aryl group, -C1-C6alkyl group, heteroaryl group, NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a -CN, halogen, -C(O)(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)O(C0-C6alkyl), -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
S1, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
R1 is a H, OH, halogen, -C1-C6alkyl group, -cycloC3-C6alkyl group, -C2-C6alkenyl group, -C1-C6alkoxy group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl group, -amino group, -C1-C6alkylamino group, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino group, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl group, -C(O)NH(aryl) group, -C(O)NH(heteroaryl) group, -SO n NH(aryl) group, -SO n NH(heteroaryl) group, -SO n NH(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, -NH-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl)group, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-CH(CN)-dialkylamino group, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6(alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, or-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl);
A is CH, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl group, heteroaryl group, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl group, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy group, NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -C(O)OH, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, -CN, N-oxide, -OH, or an aryl, heteroaryl, -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -SO n-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) or -CH2-O-C6H5-OCH3;
one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system;
R4 is an aryl group, -C1-C6alkyl group, heteroaryl group, NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) group, or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups capable of substitution is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a -CN, halogen, -C(O)(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)O(C0-C6alkyl), -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino;
n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
2. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is CH.
3. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is a -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,-NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
4. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is a-cycloC3-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
5. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is a -C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl);
-C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
-C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
6. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
7. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is a an -amino group, -C1-C6alkylamino group, or -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NHC(O)OC1-C4 alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4 alkyl, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, or -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl).
8. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
9. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
10. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2 and S3 are each H;
R1 is -(C1-C6alkyl) substituted with -S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl) or (C1-C6alkyl)-S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl), where n is 2; and one of R2 and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with -S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl) and the other of R2 and R3 is a heteroaryl substituted with C1-C6 alkyl.
R1 is -(C1-C6alkyl) substituted with -S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl) or (C1-C6alkyl)-S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl), where n is 2; and one of R2 and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with -S(O)n-(C1-C6alkyl) and the other of R2 and R3 is a heteroaryl substituted with C1-C6 alkyl.
11. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is -NHC(O)OC1-C4alkyl, -OC(O)NHC1-C4alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
12. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system.
13. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is a -(C1-C6alkyl)-SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, NO2, -COOH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SO n-(C1-C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, -OH, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C1-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl); and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
14. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is a -C(O)N-(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
15. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is -CN; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
16. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system.
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system.
17. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2, and S3 are each H;
R1 is -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system.
R1 is -C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a three ring system.
18. The compound according to claim 1, comprising or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The compound according to claim 1, selected from 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(Z/E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-phenylethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-{3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
2-(2-{(E/Z)-2-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-2-propanol;
2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-[5-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E/Z)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-N-isopropyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-(3-{(E)-2-{3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
(5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol;
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
(E)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-2-prop en-1-one;
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-{3-[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl}-6-isopropylquinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
2-[8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-(8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl}-6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
2-(6-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6-isopropyl-8-{3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
2-(2-{(E/Z)-2-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-2-propanol;
2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-[5-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E/Z)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-N-isopropyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-(3-{(E)-2-{3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
(5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol;
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
(E)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-{3-[6-(1-cyano-1-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-2-prop en-1-one;
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-{3-[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl}-6-isopropylquinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
2-[8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-(8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl}-6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile;
6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
2-(6-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[1-methyl-1-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-1-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), psoriasis, inflammatory arthritis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, neurogenic inflammation, pain, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, memory impairment, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Alzheimer's disease, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
21. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20, further comprising a Leukotriene receptor antagonist, a Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor, an M2/M3 antagonist, a corticosteroid, an H1 receptor antagonist or a beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
22. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20, further comprising a COX-2 selective inhibitor, a statin, or an NSAID.
23. A compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors.
24. Use of a compound of formula (I), according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), psoriasis, inflammatory arthritis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, neurogenic inflammation, pain, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, memory impairment, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Alzheimer's disease.
25. A phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitor pharmaceutical composition comprising an acceptable phosphodiesterase-4-inhibiting amount of a compound of formula (I), as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17152299P | 1999-12-22 | 1999-12-22 | |
US60/171,522 | 1999-12-22 | ||
PCT/CA2000/001559 WO2001046151A1 (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2000-12-20 | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2393749A1 CA2393749A1 (en) | 2001-06-28 |
CA2393749C true CA2393749C (en) | 2008-06-17 |
Family
ID=22624050
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002393749A Expired - Fee Related CA2393749C (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2000-12-20 | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors |
Country Status (32)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1244628A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3782011B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20020082839A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1221534C (en) |
AR (1) | AR029214A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU778531B2 (en) |
BG (1) | BG65403B1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0016651A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2393749C (en) |
CO (1) | CO5261613A1 (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ20022171A3 (en) |
DZ (1) | DZ3244A1 (en) |
EA (1) | EA004747B1 (en) |
EE (1) | EE200200342A (en) |
GE (1) | GEP20053626B (en) |
HK (1) | HK1057560A1 (en) |
HR (1) | HRP20020545A2 (en) |
HU (1) | HUP0203896A3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL150114A0 (en) |
IS (1) | IS6413A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA02006329A (en) |
MY (1) | MY134008A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20023013L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ520258A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20010989A1 (en) |
PL (1) | PL355752A1 (en) |
SK (1) | SK8972002A3 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI280240B (en) |
UA (1) | UA74815C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001046151A1 (en) |
YU (1) | YU47102A (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200204862B (en) |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE10110772A1 (en) * | 2001-03-07 | 2002-09-12 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | New drug compositions based on anticholinergics and PDE-IV inhibitors |
US7776315B2 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2010-08-17 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Pharmaceutical compositions based on anticholinergics and additional active ingredients |
CN1211383C (en) * | 2000-12-20 | 2005-07-20 | 麦克公司 | Process for making substituted 8-arylquinolinium benzenesulfonate |
US6740666B2 (en) * | 2000-12-20 | 2004-05-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors |
DE60204463T2 (en) * | 2001-06-27 | 2006-05-18 | Merck Frosst Canada & Co, Kirkland | Substituted 8-arylquinolines as PDE4 inhibitors |
US7009055B2 (en) * | 2001-07-24 | 2006-03-07 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Preparation of Sulfonyl quinoline |
ATE349243T1 (en) * | 2001-09-19 | 2007-01-15 | Altana Pharma Ag | COMBINATION OF A PDE INHIBITOR AND A LEUCOTRIEN RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST |
ATE432261T1 (en) * | 2002-03-18 | 2009-06-15 | Merck Frosst Canada Ltd | PDE4 INHIBITORS WITH HETEROBIDGE SUBSTITUTED 8-ARYLCINOLINE |
BRPI0408005A (en) * | 2003-03-05 | 2006-02-14 | Celgene Corp | compound, pharmaceutical composition, methods for inhibiting angiogenesis, pde4 activity in a cell and cancer cell proliferation, for inhibiting or reducing tubulin polymerization or tubulin stability in a cell, to treat or ameliorate an inflammatory disorder, a cancer and a central nervous system disorder and to target, block or destroy tumor vasculature function and tumor vessel endothelium |
AU2005226741A1 (en) * | 2004-03-25 | 2005-10-06 | Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Acrylonitrile derivatives for inflammation and immune-related uses |
WO2006123954A1 (en) * | 2005-05-19 | 2006-11-23 | Synergenz Bioscience Limited | Methods and compositions for assessment of pulmonary function and disorders |
PL2363130T3 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2014-09-30 | Astrazeneca Ab | Combination of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors atorvastatin or simvastatin with a phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor, such as roflumilast for the treatment of inflammatory pulmonary diseases |
US7745646B2 (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2010-06-29 | Kalypsys, Inc. | Bicyclic heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4 |
AU2007299726A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2008-03-27 | Braincells, Inc. | Combination comprising an HMG-COA reductase inhibitor and a second neurogenic agent for treating a nervous system disorder and increasing neurogenesis |
EP2121633A2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2009-11-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Piperazine derivatives for treatment of ad and related conditions |
US8461389B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-06-11 | University College Dublin, National University Of Ireland, Dublin | Psycho-pharmaceuticals |
WO2011099305A1 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2011-08-18 | Raqualia Pharma Inc. | 5-ht4 receptor agonists for the treatment of dementia |
WO2013024022A1 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2013-02-21 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of pulmonary hypertension |
US20140328893A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-11-06 | Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) | Nutlin compounds for use in the treatment of pulmonary hypertension |
AU2018326785B2 (en) | 2017-09-03 | 2023-03-02 | Angion Biomedica Corp. | Vinylheterocycles as Rho-associated coiled-coil kinase (ROCK) inhibitors |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB9226830D0 (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1993-02-17 | Celltech Ltd | Chemical compounds |
US5455252A (en) * | 1993-03-31 | 1995-10-03 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Optionally substituted 6,8-quinolines |
US6245774B1 (en) * | 1994-06-21 | 2001-06-12 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Tri-substituted phenyl or pyridine derivatives |
JPH11209350A (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 1999-08-03 | Eisai Co Ltd | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative and medicine containing the same |
-
2000
- 2000-12-19 MY MYPI20005965A patent/MY134008A/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 MX MXPA02006329A patent/MXPA02006329A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-12-20 CN CNB00818951XA patent/CN1221534C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-12-20 KR KR1020027008079A patent/KR20020082839A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-12-20 CO CO00096650A patent/CO5261613A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-12-20 BR BR0016651-0A patent/BR0016651A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-12-20 CA CA002393749A patent/CA2393749C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-12-20 AU AU23362/01A patent/AU778531B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-12-20 EA EA200200702A patent/EA004747B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-12-20 HU HU0203896A patent/HUP0203896A3/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 NZ NZ520258A patent/NZ520258A/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 UA UA2002076108A patent/UA74815C2/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 PL PL00355752A patent/PL355752A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-12-20 DZ DZ003244A patent/DZ3244A1/en active
- 2000-12-20 EP EP00986937A patent/EP1244628A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-12-20 GE GE4903A patent/GEP20053626B/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 WO PCT/CA2000/001559 patent/WO2001046151A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2000-12-20 SK SK897-2002A patent/SK8972002A3/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-12-20 YU YU47102A patent/YU47102A/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 EE EEP200200342A patent/EE200200342A/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 JP JP2001547062A patent/JP3782011B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-12-20 IL IL15011400A patent/IL150114A0/en unknown
- 2000-12-20 CZ CZ20022171A patent/CZ20022171A3/en unknown
- 2000-12-21 TW TW089127506A patent/TWI280240B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-12-21 AR ARP000106867A patent/AR029214A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-12-22 PE PE2000001396A patent/PE20010989A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2002
- 2002-06-11 IS IS6413A patent/IS6413A/en unknown
- 2002-06-18 ZA ZA200204862A patent/ZA200204862B/en unknown
- 2002-06-19 BG BG106840A patent/BG65403B1/en unknown
- 2002-06-21 HR HR20020545A patent/HRP20020545A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-06-21 NO NO20023013A patent/NO20023013L/en unknown
-
2004
- 2004-01-26 HK HK04100511A patent/HK1057560A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2393749C (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors | |
US6410563B1 (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors | |
CA2456817C (en) | Alkyne-aryl-naphthyridin-4 (1h)-one derivatives as type iv phosphodiesterase inhibitor | |
AU2001297603B2 (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors | |
US20060004056A1 (en) | Di-aryl-substituted-ethan pyridone pde4 inhibitors | |
CA2403423C (en) | Tri-aryl-substituted-ethane pde4 inhibitors | |
US6677351B2 (en) | 1-biaryl-1,8-naphthyridin-4-one phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors | |
AU2001297603A1 (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors | |
EP1404330B1 (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline pde4 inhibitors | |
AU2002344885A1 (en) | Substituted 8-arylquinoline PDE4 Inhibitors | |
US20060223850A1 (en) | 8-(3-Biaryl)phenylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |